TW202346506A - Adhesive composition and adhesive to provide an adhesive composition that can form an adhesive with high refractive index, improved flexibility, and stability of improved properties - Google Patents

Adhesive composition and adhesive to provide an adhesive composition that can form an adhesive with high refractive index, improved flexibility, and stability of improved properties Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202346506A
TW202346506A TW112111757A TW112111757A TW202346506A TW 202346506 A TW202346506 A TW 202346506A TW 112111757 A TW112111757 A TW 112111757A TW 112111757 A TW112111757 A TW 112111757A TW 202346506 A TW202346506 A TW 202346506A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
adhesive
weight
less
monomer
refractive index
Prior art date
Application number
TW112111757A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
笹原一輝
野依慎太郎
藤田昌邦
片岡賢一
西野智哉
Original Assignee
日商日東電工股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商日東電工股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商日東電工股份有限公司
Publication of TW202346506A publication Critical patent/TW202346506A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J133/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C09J133/14Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing halogen, nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen atoms in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/26Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • C08F220/30Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing aromatic rings in the alcohol moiety
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/0008Organic ingredients according to more than one of the "one dot" groups of C08K5/01 - C08K5/59
    • C08K5/0016Plasticisers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/54Silicon-containing compounds
    • C08K5/541Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen
    • C08K5/5415Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen containing at least one Si—O bond
    • C08K5/5419Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen containing at least one Si—O bond containing at least one Si—C bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/06Non-macromolecular additives organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/10Adhesives in the form of films or foils without carriers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • C09J7/381Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA] based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C09J7/385Acrylic polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/30Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier
    • C09J2301/302Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier the adhesive being pressure-sensitive, i.e. tacky at temperatures inferior to 30°C
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/30Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier
    • C09J2301/312Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier parameters being the characterizing feature
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/40Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the presence of essential components
    • C09J2301/408Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the presence of essential components additives as essential feature of the adhesive layer
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2433/00Presence of (meth)acrylic polymer

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

A subject of the present invention is to provide an adhesive composition that can form an adhesive with high refractive index, improved flexibility, and stability of improved properties. The solution is to provide an adhesive composition containing acrylic polymer and plasticizer. The monomer component constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1). Furthermore, the aforementioned plasticizer has two or more rings containing double bonds, and the amount of transforming to the gas phase at 130 DEG C is less than 10%.

Description

黏著劑組成物及黏著劑Adhesive compositions and adhesives

本發明涉及黏著劑組成物及黏著劑。The present invention relates to adhesive compositions and adhesives.

一般而言,黏著劑(亦稱壓敏接著劑,以下亦同)在室溫附近之溫度區域中呈軟質固體(黏彈性體)之狀態,具有可藉由壓力簡單地接著於被黏著體之性質。而活用這種性質,黏著劑在從家電製品乃至汽車、各種機械、電氣機器、電子機器等各種產業領域中,基於接合或固定、保護等目的而被廣泛利用。作為黏著劑之用途之一例,可舉在液晶顯示裝置或有機EL顯示裝置等這類顯示裝置中,接合偏光薄膜、相位差薄膜、覆蓋窗構件、其他各種光透射性構件及其他構件之用途。有關光學構件用黏著劑之技術文獻可舉專利文獻1、2。 先前技術文獻 專利文獻 Generally speaking, adhesives (also called pressure-sensitive adhesives, the same applies below) are in the state of a soft solid (viscoelastic body) in a temperature range near room temperature, and have the ability to easily adhere to the adherend through pressure. nature. Taking advantage of this property, adhesives are widely used in various industrial fields ranging from home appliances to automobiles, various machinery, electrical equipment, and electronic equipment for the purpose of joining, fixing, and protecting. An example of the use of the adhesive is its use in joining polarizing films, retardation films, cover window members, various other light-transmissive members, and other members in display devices such as liquid crystal displays and organic EL displays. Technical documents related to adhesives for optical components include Patent Documents 1 and 2. Prior technical literature patent documents

專利文獻1:日本專利特開2014-169382號公報 專利文獻2:日本專利特開2017-128732號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-169382 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-128732

發明欲解決之課題 專利文獻1、2中揭示了一種以(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物為主成分之黏著劑組成物、及使該黏著劑組成物交聯而成之黏著劑,該(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物含有具有複數個芳香環之單體作為單體單元;且提出了藉由使用具有複數個芳香環之單體使黏著劑之折射率為1.50以上,尤宜為1.51以上。例如,已知光學構件等可貼附黏著劑之材料中有折射率高之材料,若將一般的丙烯酸系黏著劑使用於這種高折射率材料的接合中,會因兩者之折射率差而造成在界面發生反射。藉由使用折射率高之黏著劑作為用於上述高折射材料之接合等的黏著劑,可防止或抑制上述界面反射。此外,丙烯酸系黏著劑之折射率通常為1.47左右。 The problem to be solved by the invention Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose an adhesive composition containing (meth)acrylate polymer as the main component and an adhesive obtained by cross-linking the adhesive composition. The (meth)acrylate polymerization The material contains a monomer with a plurality of aromatic rings as a monomer unit; and it is proposed that by using a monomer with a plurality of aromatic rings, the refractive index of the adhesive can be made to be 1.50 or more, preferably 1.51 or more. For example, it is known that some materials that can be adhered to adhesives such as optical components have high refractive index. If a general acrylic adhesive is used to join such high refractive index materials, the difference in refractive index between the two will This causes reflection at the interface. By using an adhesive with a high refractive index as an adhesive for bonding the above-mentioned high-refractive materials, etc., the above-mentioned interface reflection can be prevented or suppressed. In addition, the refractive index of acrylic adhesive is usually around 1.47.

而黏著劑因應其應用之處或使用態樣,可適宜使用具有良好柔軟性者。例如,近年以可用於智慧型手機等電子機器之有機EL顯示裝置等的顯示器來說,折疊式顯示器或可捲式顯示器已實用化,從而用於上述用途之黏著劑亦必須具有順應可反覆彎折之被黏著體的柔軟性。柔軟性優異之黏著劑亦容易順應、密著於3維形狀等曲面形狀之表面,從而還適於具有曲面形狀之電子機器用途。關於具有高折射率之黏著劑,若可提高柔軟性,便亦可應用於上述要求柔軟性之用途上,乃有用。Depending on where it is applied or how it is used, adhesives with good softness can be used appropriately. For example, in recent years, for displays that can be used in organic EL display devices for electronic devices such as smartphones, foldable displays and rollable displays have become practical. Therefore, adhesives used for the above applications must also be compliant and can be bent repeatedly. Improve the softness of the adherend. The adhesive with excellent flexibility also easily conforms to and adheres closely to the surface of curved surfaces such as three-dimensional shapes, making it suitable for electronic devices with curved surfaces. If the adhesive with a high refractive index can improve flexibility, it can also be used in the above-mentioned applications requiring flexibility, which is useful.

惟,在黏著劑之設計中,高折射率與柔軟性具有抵換關係,而不易兼顧。具體來說,用於具有高折射率之黏著劑的高折射率材料(黏著性聚合物之單體成分或黏著劑用添加劑等)有具有芳香環等柔軟性低之傾向,從而使用此種高折射率材料所形成的黏著劑會有彈性模數變高之傾向。又,關於對黏著劑賦予柔軟性之方法可想到添加塑化劑,但一般而言添加塑化劑會造成黏著劑之折射率降低,因此必須選定可維持或提升黏著劑之折射率的材料。此外,含塑化劑之黏著劑因塑化劑揮發、變質、往黏著劑表面移動等,會有折射率、彈性模數等特性產生變化之虞,而會擔心此黏著劑因使用環境或因長期使用而造成穩定性受損。以含塑化劑之黏著劑來說,更困難的是,具有高折射率的同時,還可穩定發揮彈性模數等特性。However, in the design of adhesives, high refractive index and softness are in a trade-off relationship, and it is difficult to balance both. Specifically, high refractive index materials used for adhesives with high refractive index (monomer components of adhesive polymers, additives for adhesives, etc.) tend to have aromatic rings and have low flexibility, so the use of such high refractive index materials Adhesives formed from refractive index materials tend to have a higher elastic modulus. In addition, adding a plasticizer can be considered as a method to impart flexibility to the adhesive. However, generally speaking, adding a plasticizer will cause the refractive index of the adhesive to decrease, so it is necessary to select a material that can maintain or increase the refractive index of the adhesive. In addition, adhesives containing plasticizers may have characteristics such as changes in refractive index, elastic modulus, etc. due to plasticizer volatilization, deterioration, migration to the surface of the adhesive, etc. There is also concern that the adhesive may be affected by the use environment or factors. Impaired stability due to long-term use. What is more difficult for adhesives containing plasticizers is to have a high refractive index while also stably exhibiting properties such as elastic modulus.

本發明係有鑑於上述情事而創造,目的在於提供一種黏著劑組成物,其可形成一種已改善特性之穩定性的黏著劑,且該黏著劑具有高折射率且可提升柔軟性。本發明其他目的在於:提供一種黏著劑,其是由上述黏著劑組成物所形成之黏著劑等。The present invention was created in view of the above situation, and aims to provide an adhesive composition that can form an adhesive with improved characteristics and stability, and the adhesive has a high refractive index and can improve flexibility. Another object of the present invention is to provide an adhesive, which is an adhesive formed from the above-mentioned adhesive composition.

用以解決課題之手段 根據本說明書,提供一種含丙烯酸系聚合物與塑化劑之黏著劑組成物。構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分含有含芳香環單體(A1)。又,前述塑化劑具有2個以上含雙鍵之環,且在130℃下轉移成氣相之轉移量為10%以下。上述黏著劑組成物中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分包含含芳香環單體(A1),因此適於形成折射率高之黏著劑。又,上述黏著劑組成物包含具有2個以上含雙鍵之環的塑化劑,因此具有高折射率且可對黏著劑賦予柔軟性。而上述塑化劑在130℃下轉移成氣相之轉移量(汽化量)為10%以下,因此,包含該塑化劑之黏著劑即便在使用環境下或長期使用之情況下,仍可發揮穩定之特性。 means to solve problems According to this specification, an adhesive composition containing an acrylic polymer and a plasticizer is provided. The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1). In addition, the aforementioned plasticizer has two or more double bond-containing rings, and the transfer amount into the gas phase at 130°C is 10% or less. In the above-mentioned adhesive composition, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer includes the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1), so it is suitable for forming an adhesive with a high refractive index. In addition, since the adhesive composition contains a plasticizer having two or more double bond-containing rings, it has a high refractive index and can provide flexibility to the adhesive. The transfer amount (vaporization amount) of the above-mentioned plasticizer into the gas phase at 130°C is less than 10%. Therefore, the adhesive containing the plasticizer can still perform well even under the use environment or long-term use. Stable characteristics.

在數個態樣中,前述塑化劑之分子量為350以上。分子量大的塑化劑不易汽化。藉由將具有上述分子量的塑化劑利用於黏著劑中,可容易獲得能發揮穩定特性的黏著劑。In several aspects, the molecular weight of the aforementioned plasticizer is above 350. Plasticizers with large molecular weight are not easy to vaporize. By using a plasticizer having the above molecular weight in an adhesive, an adhesive that exhibits stable characteristics can be easily obtained.

在數個態樣中,前述塑化劑係相對於前述丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份包含有大於10重量份。藉由包含大於預定量之塑化劑,可有效提升黏著劑之柔軟性。又,藉由使用在此揭示之塑化劑,可獲得穩定性佳之黏著劑,因此可包含較以往更多之塑化劑。此在更提高黏著劑之柔軟性這點上甚有意義。In several aspects, the aforementioned plasticizer contains more than 10 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned acrylic polymer. By including a plasticizer greater than a predetermined amount, the softness of the adhesive can be effectively improved. Furthermore, by using the plasticizer disclosed herein, an adhesive with good stability can be obtained, and therefore more plasticizer can be included than before. This is of great significance in terms of improving the flexibility of the adhesive.

又,根據本說明書,提供一種由在此揭示之任一黏著劑組成物形成的黏著劑。換言之,根據本說明書,提供一種含丙烯酸系聚合物與塑化劑之黏著劑。構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分含有含芳香環單體(A1)。又,前述塑化劑具有2個以上含雙鍵之環,且在130℃下轉移成氣相之轉移量為10%以下。上述黏著劑具有高折射率且因含有塑化劑而改善了柔軟性,因此,可適宜用於折疊式顯示器用途等期望具有高折射率、且要求具有可承受反覆彎折操作之柔軟性之用途上之接合或固定、保護等。又,因為上述黏著劑之彈性模數等特性的穩定性已被改善,故可助於提升製品之耐久性、長壽化。Furthermore, according to this specification, an adhesive formed from any of the adhesive compositions disclosed herein is provided. In other words, according to this specification, an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer and a plasticizer is provided. The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1). In addition, the aforementioned plasticizer has two or more double bond-containing rings, and the transfer amount into the gas phase at 130°C is 10% or less. The above-mentioned adhesive has a high refractive index and its flexibility is improved by containing a plasticizer. Therefore, it is suitable for applications such as foldable displays that require a high refractive index and flexibility that can withstand repeated bending operations. To join or fix, protect, etc. In addition, because the stability of the elastic modulus and other characteristics of the above-mentioned adhesive has been improved, it can help improve the durability and longevity of the product.

又,根據本說明書,提供一種含丙烯酸系聚合物與塑化劑之黏著劑。構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分含有含芳香環單體(A1)。又,前述塑化劑具有2個以上含雙鍵之環。而將前述黏著劑在130℃之環境下保持1小時後,該黏著劑中之前述塑化劑之減量為5%以下。上述黏著劑中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分包含含芳香環單體(A1),而且該黏著劑包含具有2個以上含雙鍵之環的塑化劑,因此該黏著劑會具有高折射率且可改善柔軟性。而且,即便對黏著劑進行預定條件的加熱,黏著劑中之塑化劑的減少量仍可被限制在5%以下,因此,上述黏著劑對於溫度的變化,其因塑化劑而造成的特性變化可被抑制,從而該黏著劑即便在使用環境下或長期使用之情況下,仍可發揮穩定之特性。Furthermore, according to this specification, an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer and a plasticizer is provided. The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1). Furthermore, the aforementioned plasticizer has two or more double bond-containing rings. After the adhesive was kept at 130°C for 1 hour, the amount of the plasticizer in the adhesive was reduced by less than 5%. In the above-mentioned adhesive, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer includes an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1), and the adhesive contains a plasticizer with two or more double-bond-containing rings, so the adhesive has high refractive index and improves softness. Moreover, even if the adhesive is heated under predetermined conditions, the reduction of the plasticizer in the adhesive can still be limited to less than 5%. Therefore, the above-mentioned adhesive has characteristics caused by the plasticizer in response to temperature changes. Changes can be suppressed, so that the adhesive can still exhibit stable properties even under the use environment or long-term use.

關於數個態樣中之黏著劑,將前述黏著劑在130℃之環境下保持1小時後在-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'1、與在前述130℃之環境下保持1小時前在-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'0的比(G'1/G'0)為50以下。滿足該特性之黏著劑即使暴露在高溫之情況下,彈性模數之變化仍被限制在預定範圍內,而可發揮穩定之特性。Regarding the adhesives in several aspects, the storage elastic modulus G'1 of the adhesive at -20°C after being kept in an environment of 130°C for 1 hour is different from the storage elastic modulus G'1 before being kept in an environment of 130°C for 1 hour. The storage elastic modulus G'0 ratio (G'1/G'0) at -20°C is 50 or less. Even if an adhesive that meets this characteristic is exposed to high temperatures, the change in elastic modulus is still limited to a predetermined range and can exhibit stable characteristics.

數個態樣中之黏著劑對玻璃板之剝離強度為1.0N/25mm以上。在此揭示之黏著劑即便包含塑化劑,仍可發揮如上述穩定之黏著力,因此,該黏著劑能以諸如片狀或膜狀之形態來使用,而可良好地接著於被黏著體。The peeling strength of the adhesive to the glass plate in several aspects is above 1.0N/25mm. Even if the adhesive disclosed here contains a plasticizer, it can still exert the stable adhesive force as mentioned above. Therefore, the adhesive can be used in a form such as a sheet or a film, and can adhere well to the adherend.

在數個態樣中,黏著劑之全光線透射率為85%以上。如所述透明性高之黏著劑可適宜利用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上。In several aspects, the adhesive has a total light transmittance of over 85%. Adhesives with such high transparency can be suitably used in applications requiring high light transmittance (for example, optical applications).

此外,適當組合本說明書所記載之各要素而成者亦可包含於藉由本件專利申請案尋求專利保護之發明範圍中。In addition, an appropriate combination of the various elements described in this specification may also be included in the scope of the invention sought for patent protection through this patent application.

以下說明本發明之理想實施形態。本說明書中未特別言及之事項以外且為本發明實施所需之情事,乃熟知此項技藝之人士可根據關於本說明書所載發明實施之教示及申請時之技術常識而理解。本發明得以根據本說明書中所揭示之內容及該領域之技術常識來實施。 此外,在以下圖式中,對於發揮相同作用之構件、部位有時賦予相同符號來說明,且有時省略或簡化重複之說明。又,圖式中記載之實施形態為了清楚說明本發明而經示意化,並非完全正確表示實際提供之製品的尺寸或比例尺。 Preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described below. Matters that are not specifically mentioned in this specification and are necessary for the implementation of the present invention can be understood by those skilled in the art based on the teachings regarding the implementation of the invention contained in this specification and the technical common sense at the time of application. The present invention can be implemented based on the content disclosed in this specification and the technical common sense in this field. In addition, in the following drawings, members and parts that perform the same functions may be described with the same reference numerals, and repeated descriptions may be omitted or simplified. In addition, the embodiments described in the drawings are schematically illustrated in order to clearly explain the present invention, and do not completely accurately represent the dimensions or scale of the products actually provided.

在本說明書中,黏著劑之「基底聚合物」意指該黏著劑中所含橡膠狀聚合物之主成分。上述橡膠狀聚合物係指於室溫附近之溫度區域中展現橡膠彈性之聚合物。又,在本說明書中,「主成分」在未特別註記時,意指包含大於50重量%之成分。In this specification, the "base polymer" of the adhesive means the main component of the rubbery polymer contained in the adhesive. The above-mentioned rubber-like polymer refers to a polymer that exhibits rubber elasticity in a temperature range near room temperature. In addition, in this specification, "main component" means a component containing more than 50% by weight unless otherwise noted.

在本說明書中,「丙烯酸系聚合物」意指包含下述單體單元作為構成該聚合物之單體單元的聚合物:該單體單元係源自1分子中具有至少1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體。以下,1分子中具有至少1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體亦稱「丙烯酸系單體」。因此,本說明書中之丙烯酸系聚合物係定義為包含源自丙烯酸系單體之單體單元的聚合物。丙烯酸系聚合物之典型例可舉構成該聚合物之單體成分中大於50重量%(宜大於70重量%,例如大於90重量%)為丙烯酸系單體的丙烯酸系聚合物。In this specification, "acrylic polymer" means a polymer containing the following monomer units as monomer units constituting the polymer: the monomer units are derived from having at least one (methyl) in one molecule Acrylic monomer. Hereinafter, a monomer having at least one (meth)acrylyl group per molecule is also referred to as an "acrylic monomer". Therefore, the acrylic polymer in this specification is defined as a polymer containing monomer units derived from an acrylic monomer. Typical examples of acrylic polymers include those in which more than 50% by weight (preferably more than 70% by weight, for example more than 90% by weight) of the monomer components constituting the polymer are acrylic monomers.

又,在本說明書中,「丙烯酸系單體」意指1分子中具有至少1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體。在此,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」係指總括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之意。因此,在此所提丙烯酸系單體之概念可包含具有丙烯醯基之單體(丙烯酸系單體)及具有甲基丙烯醯基之單體(甲基丙烯酸系單體)兩者。同樣地,在本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸」係指總括丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸,而「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係指總括丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯之意。其他的類似用語亦同。Moreover, in this specification, "acrylic monomer" means a monomer which has at least 1 (meth)acrylyl group in 1 molecule. Here, "(meth)acrylyl group" means an acrylyl group and a methacrylyl group collectively. Therefore, the concept of acrylic monomer mentioned here can include both monomers with acrylic groups (acrylic monomers) and monomers with methacrylic groups (methacrylic monomers). Likewise, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" refers to acrylic acid and methacrylic acid collectively, and "(meth)acrylate" refers to acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester collectively. The same goes for other similar terms.

<黏著劑組成物> 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物若為可形成包含丙烯酸系聚合物之黏著劑(宜為包含該丙烯酸系聚合物作為基底聚合物之黏著劑)者即可,其形態無特別限定。上述黏著劑組成物例如可為下列各種形態:有機溶劑中包含黏著劑形成成分之形態的溶劑型黏著劑組成物、調製成可藉由紫外線或放射線等活性能量線硬化而形成黏著劑的活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組成物、黏著劑形成成分分散於水中之形態的水分散型黏著劑組成物、在加熱熔融狀態下塗敷且冷卻至室溫附近便可形成黏著劑的熱熔型黏著劑組成物等。在此揭示之技術可使用溶劑型黏著劑組成物來適宜實施,但無特別限定。在具備由溶劑型黏著劑組成物形成之溶劑型黏著劑層之態樣中,可適宜實現在此揭示之技術所帶來之效果。 <Adhesive composition> The adhesive composition disclosed here is not particularly limited as long as it can form an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer (preferably an adhesive containing the acrylic polymer as a base polymer). The above-mentioned adhesive composition may be, for example, in the following various forms: a solvent-based adhesive composition in which an adhesive-forming component is contained in an organic solvent, or an active energy prepared to form an adhesive by hardening with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or radiation. Line-hardening adhesive compositions, water-dispersed adhesive compositions in which the adhesive forming components are dispersed in water, and hot-melt adhesive compositions that form adhesives when applied in a heated and molten state and cooled to near room temperature. Things etc. The technology disclosed here can be suitably implemented using a solvent-based adhesive composition, but is not particularly limited. In an aspect having a solvent-based adhesive layer formed of a solvent-based adhesive composition, the effects of the technology disclosed here can be suitably realized.

在此揭示之黏著劑組成物包含含芳香環單體(A1)作為構成上述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分。在此,本說明書中所謂「構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分」,意指無論是以預先形成之聚合物(可為寡聚物)之形態包含於黏著劑組成物中、或是以未聚合單體之形態包含於黏著劑組成物中,皆會在由該黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑中構成丙烯酸系聚合物之重複單元的單體。亦即,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可在聚合物、未聚合物、部分聚合物之任一形態下包含於上述黏著劑組成物中。由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性等觀點來看,在數個態樣中宜為將單體成分之實質上全部(例如95重量%以上,宜為99重量%以上)以聚合物之形態包含的黏著劑組成物。The adhesive composition disclosed here contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) as a monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer. Here, the so-called "monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer" in this specification means whether it is included in the adhesive composition in the form of a preformed polymer (which may be an oligomer) or in the form of an unformed polymer. The forms of polymerized monomers included in the adhesive composition are monomers that constitute the repeating units of the acrylic polymer in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition. That is, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be contained in the adhesive composition in any form of polymer, non-polymer, or partial polymer. From the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition, etc., in some aspects, it is preferable to include substantially all of the monomer components (for example, 95% by weight or more, preferably 99% by weight or more) in the form of a polymer. adhesive composition.

(單體(A1)) 單體(A1)可使用1分子中包含至少1個芳香環與至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。單體(A1)可單獨使用1種所述化合物或組合2種以上來使用。 (Single unit (A1)) As the monomer (A1), a compound containing at least one aromatic ring and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group per molecule can be used. The monomer (A1) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

上述乙烯性不飽和基之例可舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基等。由聚合反應性之觀點來看宜為(甲基)丙烯醯基,而由柔軟性或黏著性之觀點來看以丙烯醯基較佳。由抑制黏著劑之柔軟性降低之觀點來看,單體(A1)可適宜使用1分子中所含之乙烯性不飽和基之數量為1的化合物(即單官能單體)。Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group include (meth)acrylyl group, vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, and the like. From the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, a (meth)acrylyl group is preferable, and from the viewpoint of flexibility or adhesiveness, an acrylyl group is more preferable. From the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the flexibility of the adhesive, a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (i.e., a monofunctional monomer) can be suitably used as the monomer (A1).

可使用作為單體(A1)之化合物1分子中所含芳香環之數量可為1,亦可為2以上。上述芳香環之數量的上限無特別限制,例如可為16以下。在數個態樣中,由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性或黏著劑之透明性等之觀點來看,上述芳香環之數量例如可為12以下,宜為8以下,較宜為6以下,可為5以下,可為4以下,可為3以下,亦可為2以下。The number of aromatic rings contained in one molecule of the compound that can be used as the monomer (A1) may be 1, or 2 or more. The upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, but may be 16 or less, for example. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition or transparency of the adhesive, the number of the aromatic rings may be, for example, 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, and more preferably 6 or less. It may be 5 or less, it may be 4 or less, it may be 3 or less, or it may be 2 or less.

可使用作為單體(A1)之化合物具有之芳香環亦可為:苯環(可為構成聯苯結構或茀結構之一部分的苯環);萘環、茚環、薁環、蒽環、菲環之縮合環等之碳環;亦可為吡啶環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、吡𠯤環、三𠯤環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、異㗁唑環、噻唑環、噻吩環等之雜環(heterocycle)。上述雜環中作為環構成原子所含之雜原子例如可為選自於由氮、硫及氧所構成群組中之1或2種以上。在數個態樣中,上述構成雜環之雜原子可為氮及硫之一者或兩者。單體(A1)亦可具有例如如二萘并噻吩結構般1或2個以上碳環與1或2個以上雜環已進行縮合之結構。The aromatic ring of the compound that can be used as the monomer (A1) can also be: benzene ring (which can be a benzene ring constituting a part of the biphenyl structure or the fluorine structure); naphthalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring Carbocyclic rings such as condensed rings of rings; it can also be pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, tri-pyridine ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, ethazole ring, isotriazole ring Heterocycles such as azole ring, thiazole ring, thiophene ring, etc. The heteroatoms contained as ring constituent atoms in the heterocyclic ring may be, for example, one or two or more types selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, and oxygen. In several aspects, the heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic ring may be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur. The monomer (A1) may have a structure in which one or two or more carbocyclic rings and one or two or more heterocyclic rings are condensed, such as a dinaphthothiophene structure.

上述芳香環(宜為碳環)可於環構成原子上具有1或2個以上取代基,亦可不具有取代基。具有取代基時,該取代基可例示烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧丙氧基等,惟不受該等所限。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含之碳原子之數量宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,且例如可為1或2。在數個態樣中,上述芳香環可為於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環、或可為於環構成原子上具有選自於由烷基、烷氧基及鹵素原子(例如溴原子)所構成群組中之1或2個以上取代基之芳香環。此外,單體(A1)具有之芳香環於其環構成原子上具有取代基,係指該芳香環具有具乙烯性不飽和基之取代基以外之取代基。The above-mentioned aromatic ring (preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have 1 or more substituents on the atoms constituting the ring, or may have no substituents. When there is a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, and a propylene oxide group. Oxygen groups, etc., but are not limited by these. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example. In several aspects, the above-mentioned aromatic ring may be an aromatic ring without substituents on the ring constituent atoms, or may be an aromatic ring with alkyl groups, alkoxy groups and halogen atoms (such as bromine) on the ring constituent atoms. Atom) is an aromatic ring consisting of 1 or more substituents in the group. Furthermore, when the aromatic ring of the monomer (A1) has a substituent on the ring constituting atoms, it means that the aromatic ring has a substituent other than a substituent having an ethylenically unsaturated group.

芳香環與乙烯性不飽和基可直接鍵結,亦可隔著連結基來鍵結。上述連結基例如可為包含選自伸烷基、氧伸烷基、聚(氧伸烷基)基、苯基、烷基苯基、烷氧基苯基、該等基中之1或2個以上氫原子被羥基取代之結構的基團(例如羥伸烷基)、氧基(-O-基)、硫代氧基(-S-基)等中之1或2種以上結構的基團。在數個態樣中,可適宜採用芳香環與乙烯性不飽和基直接鍵結之結構的含芳香環單體、或隔著選自於由伸烷基、氧伸烷基及聚(氧伸烷基)基所構成群組中之連結基而鍵結之結構的含芳香環單體。上述伸烷基及上述氧伸烷基之碳原子數宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,例如可為1或2。上述聚(氧伸烷基)基中之氧伸烷基單元的重複數例如可為2~3。The aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group may be bonded directly or through a linking group. The above-mentioned linking group may be, for example, one or two selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, a poly(oxyalkylene) group, a phenyl group, an alkylphenyl group, and an alkoxyphenyl group. Groups with one or more structures in which the above hydrogen atoms are replaced by hydroxyl groups (such as hydroxyalkylene group), oxygen group (-O- group), thiooxy group (-S- group), etc. . In several aspects, an aromatic ring-containing monomer with a structure in which an aromatic ring and an ethylenically unsaturated group are directly bonded can be suitably used, or a monomer selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, and a poly(oxyalkylene group) can be suitably used. Aromatic ring-containing monomer in a structure that is bonded by a linking group composed of a group). The number of carbon atoms of the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned oxyalkylene group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, for example, 1 or 2. The repeat number of the oxyalkylene units in the above poly(oxyalkylene) group may be, for example, 2 to 3.

作為單體(A1),可適宜採用之化合物之例可舉含芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯及含芳香環乙烯基化合物。含芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯及含芳香環乙烯基化合物可分別單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。亦可組合1種或2種以上含芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯與1種或2種以上含芳香環乙烯基化合物來使用。Examples of compounds that can be suitably used as the monomer (A1) include aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylate and aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds. The aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylate and the aromatic ring-containing vinyl compound can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. One or more aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and one or more aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds may be used in combination.

在數個理想態樣中,由可容易獲得高程度的高折射率化效果來看,可使用1分子中具有2個以上芳香環(宜為碳環)之單體作為單體(A1)。1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之單體(含複數個芳香環之單體)之例可列舉:具有2個以上非縮合芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的單體、具有2個以上非縮合芳香環直接(亦即不隔著其他原子)化學鍵結之結構的單體、具有縮合芳香環結構之單體、具有茀結構之單體、具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體、具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體等。其中,可適宜使用具有2個以上非縮合芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的單體(例如後述間苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯)。含複數個芳香環之單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Among several ideal aspects, a monomer having two or more aromatic rings (preferably carbocyclic rings) in one molecule can be used as the monomer (A1) because a high degree of high refractive index-increasing effect can be easily obtained. Examples of monomers having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (monomers containing multiple aromatic rings) include: monomers having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group; The above monomers with a structure in which non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded (that is, without other atoms), monomers with a condensed aromatic ring structure, monomers with a fluorine structure, monomers with a dinaphthothiophene structure, Monomers of dibenzothiophene structure, etc. Among them, a monomer having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group (for example, m-phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate to be described later) can be suitably used. The monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

上述連結基可為例如:氧基(-O-)、硫代氧基(-S-)、氧伸烷基(例如-O-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~3,宜為1)、硫代氧伸烷基(例如-S-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~3,宜為1)、直鏈伸烷基(亦即-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~6,宜為1~3)、上述氧伸烷基、上述硫代氧伸烷基及上述直鏈伸烷基中之伸烷基已部分鹵化或完全鹵化之基團等。由黏著劑之柔軟性等觀點來看,上述連結基之適宜例可舉氧基、硫代氧基、氧伸烷基及直鏈伸烷基。具有2個以上非縮合芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的單體之具體例可舉苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯(例如間苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、硫代苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄基苄酯等。 The above-mentioned linking group can be, for example: oxygen group (-O-), thiooxy group (-S-), oxyalkylene group (such as -O-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, Preferably it is 1), thiooxyalkylene group (for example -S-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), straight-chain alkylene group (that is, -(CH 2 ) n - group, here n is 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3), the alkylene group in the above-mentioned oxyalkylene group, the above-mentioned thiooxyalkylene group and the above-mentioned linear alkylene group has been partially or completely halogenated groups, etc. From the viewpoint of flexibility of the adhesive, etc., suitable examples of the linking group include an oxygen group, a thiooxy group, an oxyalkylene group, and a linear alkylene group. Specific examples of the monomer having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group include phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate (for example, m-phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate) , thiophenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate, benzylbenzyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

上述2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的單體例如可為含聯苯結構之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含三苯基結構之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含乙烯基之聯苯等。具體例可舉鄰苯基苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聯苯甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。The above-mentioned monomer of a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded can be, for example, (meth)acrylate containing a biphenyl structure, (meth)acrylate containing a triphenyl structure, or biphenyl containing a vinyl group. wait. Specific examples include o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, biphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

上述具有縮合芳香環結構之單體之例可舉含萘環(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含蒽環(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含乙烯基萘、含乙烯基蒽等。具體例可舉:1-萘基甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯(別名:1-萘甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、羥乙基化β-萘酚丙烯酸酯、2-萘乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-萘氧乙基丙烯酸酯、2-(4-甲氧基-1-萘氧基)乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Examples of the monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure include naphthalene ring-containing (meth)acrylate, anthracene ring-containing (meth)acrylate, vinyl-containing naphthalene, vinyl-containing anthracene, and the like. Specific examples include: 1-naphthylmethyl (meth)acrylate (alias: 1-naphthylmethyl (meth)acrylate), hydroxyethylated β-naphthol acrylate, 2-naphthylethyl ( Meth)acrylate, 2-naphthoxyethyl acrylate, 2-(4-methoxy-1-naphthyloxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

上述具有茀結構之單體的具體例可舉9,9-雙(4-羥苯基)茀(甲基)丙烯酸酯、9,9-雙[4-(2-羥乙氧基)苯基]茀(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此外,具有茀結構之單體因包含2個苯環直接化學鍵結之結構部分,故包含在具有上述2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的單體的概念中。Specific examples of the above-mentioned monomer having a fluorine structure include 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorine (meth)acrylate, 9,9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl ]Fu(meth)acrylate, etc. In addition, since a monomer having a fluorine structure contains a structural part in which two benzene rings are directly chemically bonded, it is included in the concept of a monomer having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.

上述具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體可舉含(甲基)丙烯醯基之二萘并噻吩、含乙烯基之二萘并噻吩、含(甲基)烯丙基之二萘并噻吩等。具體例可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(例如於二萘并噻吩環之5位或6位鍵結有CH 2CH(R 1)C(O)OCH 2-之結構的化合物;此處,R 1為氫原子或甲基)、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基二萘并噻吩(例如於二萘并噻吩環之5位或6位鍵結有CH 2CH(R 1)C(O)OCH(CH 3)-或CH 2CH(R 1)C(O)OCH 2CH 2-之結構的化合物;此處,R 1為氫原子或甲基)、乙烯基二萘并噻吩(例如於萘并噻吩環之5位或6位鍵結有乙烯基之結構的化合物)、(甲基)烯丙氧基二萘并噻吩等。此外,具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體係藉由包含萘結構、還有具有噻吩環與2個萘結構已進行縮合之結構,而亦包含於上述具有縮合芳香環結構之單體的概念中。 Examples of the monomer having a dinaphthothiophene structure include (meth)acrylyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, vinyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, (meth)allyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, and the like. Specific examples include: (meth)acryloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (for example, CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 - is bonded to the 5- or 6-position of the dinaphthothiophene ring Compounds with the structure; here, R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group), (meth)acryloxyethyl dinaphthothiophene (for example, CH is bonded at the 5- or 6-position of the dinaphthothiophene ring A compound with the structure of 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH(CH 3 )- or CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 CH 2 -; here, R 1 is a hydrogen atom or methyl group) , Vinyl dinaphthothiophene (for example, a compound with a vinyl group bonded to the 5- or 6-position of the naphthothiophene ring), (meth)allyloxy dinaphthothiophene, etc. In addition, a monomer having a dinaphthothiophene structure is also included in the concept of a monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure by including a naphthalene structure and a structure having a thiophene ring condensed with two naphthalene structures. .

上述具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體可舉含(甲基)丙烯醯基之二苯并噻吩、含乙烯基之二苯并噻吩等。此外,具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體由於具有噻吩環與2個苯環已進行縮合之結構,而包含於上述具有縮合芳香環結構之單體的概念中。 此外,二萘并噻吩結構及二苯并噻吩結構皆不屬於2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構。 Examples of the above-mentioned monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure include (meth)acrylyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, vinyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, and the like. In addition, since the monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure has a structure in which a thiophene ring and two benzene rings have been condensed, it is included in the concept of the monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure. In addition, neither the dinaphthothiophene structure nor the dibenzothiophene structure is a structure in which more than two non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.

在其他數個態樣中,可使用1分子中具有1個芳香環(宜為碳環)之單體作為單體(A1)。1分子中具有1個芳香環之單體(含單數個芳香環之單體)例如有助於提升黏著劑之柔軟性或調整黏著特性、提升透明性等。含單數個芳香環之單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。在數個態樣中,由提升黏著劑之折射率之觀點來看,1分子中具有1個芳香環之單體亦可與含複數個芳香環之單體組合來使用。In several other aspects, a monomer having one aromatic ring (preferably a carbocyclic ring) per molecule can be used as the monomer (A1). Monomers with one aromatic ring in one molecule (monomers containing an odd number of aromatic rings) can, for example, help improve the flexibility of adhesives, adjust adhesive properties, improve transparency, etc. The monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings can be used alone or in combination of two or more types. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, a monomer having one aromatic ring per molecule may be used in combination with a monomer having a plurality of aromatic rings.

1分子中具有1個芳香環之單體之例可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、乙氧基化苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、2-羥-3-苯氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、氯苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含碳芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯;2-(4,6-二溴-2-二級丁基苯氧基)乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-(4,6-二溴-2-異丙基苯氧基)乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、6-(4,6-二溴-2-二級丁基苯氧基)己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、6-(4,6-二溴-2-異丙基苯氧基)己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,6-二溴-4-壬基苯基丙烯酸酯、2,6-二溴-4-十二基苯基丙烯酸酯等含溴取代芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯;苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、三級丁基苯乙烯等含碳芳香環之乙烯基化合物;N-乙烯吡啶、N-乙烯嘧啶、N-乙烯吡𠯤、N-乙烯吡咯、N-乙烯咪唑、N-乙烯基㗁唑等雜芳香環上具有乙烯基取代基之化合物等。Examples of monomers having one aromatic ring in one molecule include: (benzylmeth)acrylate, methoxybenzyl(meth)acrylate, phenyl(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated phenol (meth)acrylate acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, toluyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, Carbon-containing aromatic ring (meth)acrylate such as chlorobenzyl (meth)acrylate; 2-(4,6-dibromo-2-secondary butylphenoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)ethyl(meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-secondary butylphenoxy)hexyl( Meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)hexyl(meth)acrylate, 2,6-dibromo-4-nonylphenylacrylate, 2 , 6-dibromo-4-dodecylphenyl acrylate and other bromine-containing substituted aromatic ring (meth)acrylates; styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tertiary butylstyrene, etc. Vinyl compounds with carbon aromatic rings; heteroaromatic rings such as N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpyrimidine, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, and N-vinyl㗁azole have vinyl substituents compounds, etc.

單體(A1)亦可使用如上述之各種含芳香環單體中之乙烯性不飽和基與芳香環之間包夾有氧伸乙基鏈之結構的單體。如所述使乙烯性不飽和基與芳香環之間包夾有氧伸乙基鏈之單體可視為原本單體的乙氧基化物。上述氧伸乙基鏈中之氧伸乙基單元(-CH 2CH 2O-)的重複數典型上為1~4,宜為1~3,較宜為1~2,例如為1。經乙氧基化之含芳香環單體的具體例可舉:乙氧基化鄰苯基苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化壬苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化甲酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧乙酯、苯氧基二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 The monomer (A1) may also be a monomer having a structure in which an oxygen ethyl chain is sandwiched between the ethylenically unsaturated group and the aromatic ring among the various aromatic ring-containing monomers mentioned above. As mentioned above, a monomer in which an oxygen ethyl chain is sandwiched between an ethylenically unsaturated group and an aromatic ring can be regarded as an ethoxylate of the original monomer. The repeat number of the oxyethyl unit (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) in the above oxyethyl chain is typically 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, for example 1. Specific examples of ethoxylated aromatic ring-containing monomers include: ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated nonylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated methacrylate Phenol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, etc.

單體(A1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上、25重量%以上、40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,單體(A1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可為50重量%以上,而由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,宜為70重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(A1)亦可實質上100重量%為含複數個芳香環之單體。亦即,單體(A1)亦可僅使用1種或2種以上含複數個芳香環之單體。又,在其他數個態樣中,例如考慮到高折射率與柔軟性、且在需要之情況下進一步考慮到與接著力之平衡,單體(A1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,可為70重量%以下,可為65重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,亦可為10重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在單體(A1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量小於5重量%之態樣下仍可實施。亦可不使用含複數個芳香環之單體。The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In some aspects, the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) can be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index, it is preferably 70% by weight. It may be 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Monomer (A1) may be substantially 100% by weight of a monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings. That is, as the monomer (A1), only one type or two or more types of monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings may be used. Furthermore, in several other aspects, for example, in consideration of high refractive index and flexibility, and if necessary, further consideration of balance with adhesive force, the monomer (A1) contains a plurality of aromatic ring-containing monomers. The content may be less than 100% by weight, may be less than 98% by weight, may be less than 90% by weight, may be less than 80% by weight, may be less than 70% by weight, may be less than 65% by weight, may be less than 50% by weight, It may be 25% by weight or less, or it may be 10% by weight or less. The technology disclosed here can still be implemented even if the content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) is less than 5% by weight. It is also not necessary to use monomers containing multiple aromatic rings.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與柔軟性之黏著劑。上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易實現具有更高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可大於35重量%,大於50重量%是有利的,宜大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為91重量%以上、92重量%以上、93重量%以上、94重量%以上、95重量%以上、96重量%以上、97重量%以上、98重量%以上或99重量%以上。上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量考慮到高折射率與柔軟性、且在需要之情況下進一步考慮到與接著力之平衡,設為大約99重量%以下是有利的,可為98重量%以下,可為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。在其他數個態樣中,由容易實現更高黏著特性及/或光學特性(例如透明性)之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量可為70重量%以下,可為60重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為40重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,可為15重量%以下,亦可為5重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量小於3重量%之態樣下仍可實施。The content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set to achieve an adhesive that achieves both the desired refractive index and flexibility. The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the above monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the perspective of easily realizing an adhesive with a higher refractive index, the content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the above monomer components can be, for example, greater than 35% by weight or greater than 50% by weight. It is advantageous and should be greater than 70% by weight, it can be more than 75% by weight, it can be more than 85% by weight, it can be more than 90% by weight, it can also be more than 91% by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight, 94% by weight. More than 95% by weight, more than 96% by weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight or more than 99% by weight. The content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components is advantageous to be approximately 99% by weight or less in consideration of high refractive index and flexibility, and, if necessary, balance with adhesive force. , it can be 98 wt% or less, it can be 96 wt% or less, it can be 93 wt% or less, it can be 90 wt% or less, it can be 85 wt% or less, it can be 80 wt% or less, it can be 75 wt% or less. . In several other aspects, from the viewpoint of easily achieving higher adhesive properties and/or optical properties (such as transparency), the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the above monomer component may be 70% by weight. It may be 60% by weight or less, it may be 50% by weight or less, it may be 40% by weight or less, it may be 25% by weight or less, it may be 15% by weight or less, or it may be 5% by weight or less. The technology disclosed here can still be implemented even if the content of monomers containing multiple aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components is less than 3% by weight.

單體(A1)中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上、25重量%以上、40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,單體(A1)中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可為50重量%以上,而由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,宜為70重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(A1)亦可實質上100重量%為含單數個芳香環之單體。亦即,單體(A1)亦可僅使用1種或2種以上含單數個芳香環之單體。又,在數個態樣中,例如考慮到高折射率與柔軟性、且在需要之情況下進一步考慮到與接著力之平衡,單體(A1)中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,可為70重量%以下,可為65重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,亦可為10重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在單體(A1)中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量小於5重量%之態樣下仍可實施。亦可不使用含單數個芳香環之單體。The content of the monomer containing a singular aromatic ring in the monomer (A1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In several aspects, the content of the monomer containing a singular aromatic ring in the monomer (A1) can be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index, it is preferably 70% by weight. It may be 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Monomer (A1) may also be substantially 100% by weight of a monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings. That is, as the monomer (A1), only one type or two or more types of monomers containing an odd aromatic ring may be used. Furthermore, in several aspects, for example, in consideration of high refractive index and flexibility, and if necessary, further consideration of balance with adhesive force, the monomer (A1) containing an odd number of aromatic rings is The content may be less than 100% by weight, may be less than 98% by weight, may be less than 90% by weight, may be less than 80% by weight, may be less than 70% by weight, may be less than 65% by weight, may be less than 50% by weight, may be The content may be 25% by weight or less, or 10% by weight or less. The technology disclosed here can still be implemented even if the content of the monomer containing a singular aromatic ring in the monomer (A1) is less than 5% by weight. Monomers containing an odd number of aromatic rings may not be used.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與柔軟性之黏著劑。上述單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易實現具有更高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可大於35重量%,大於50重量%是有利的,宜為60重量%以上,較宜大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,可為95重量%以上,亦可為98重量%以上。上述單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量考慮到高折射率與柔軟性、且在需要之情況下進一步考慮到與接著力之平衡,可設為大約99重量%以下,宜設為98重量%以下,較宜設為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。在數個態樣中,由容易實現更高黏著特性及/或光學特性(例如透明性)之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量可為70重量%以下,可為60重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為40重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,可為15重量%以下,亦可為5重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在上述單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量小於3重量%之態樣下仍可實施。The content of the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set to an adhesive that achieves both the desired refractive index and flexibility. The content of the monomer containing a singular aromatic ring in the above monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the perspective of easily realizing an adhesive with a higher refractive index, the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the above monomer component can be, for example, greater than 35% by weight or greater than 50% by weight. It is advantageous, and it is preferably more than 60% by weight, more preferably more than 70% by weight, it can be more than 75% by weight, it can be more than 85% by weight, it can be more than 90% by weight, it can be more than 95% by weight, it can also be 98 More than % by weight. The content of the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the above monomer components can be set to about 99% by weight or less, taking into account high refractive index and flexibility, and further considering the balance with adhesive force if necessary. It may be 98% by weight or less, preferably 96% by weight or less, it may be 93% by weight or less, it may be 90% by weight or less, it may be 85% by weight or less, it may be 80% by weight or less, or it may be 75% by weight. the following. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily achieving higher adhesive properties and/or optical properties (such as transparency), the content of the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the above monomer components may be 70% by weight. It may be 60% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less. The technology disclosed here can still be implemented even if the content of monomers containing odd aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components is less than 3% by weight.

在數個理想態樣中,單體(A1)之至少一部份可適宜採用高折射率單體。在此,「高折射率單體」意指其折射率例如為大約1.510以上、宜為大約1.530以上、較宜為大約1.550以上之單體。高折射率單體之折射率的上限無特別限制,惟由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性或與適合作為黏著劑之柔軟性之兼顧容易性之觀點來看,例如為3.000以下,可為2.500以下,可為2.000以下,可為1.900以下,可為1.800以下,亦可為1.700以下。高折射率單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 此外,單體之折射率係使用阿貝折射率計在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。阿貝折射率計可使用ATAGO公司製之型式「DR-M4」或其等效品。當有從製造商等提供了在25℃下之折射率的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。 In several ideal aspects, at least a part of the monomer (A1) may be suitably a high refractive index monomer. Here, the "high refractive index monomer" means a monomer whose refractive index is, for example, about 1.510 or more, preferably about 1.530 or more, more preferably about 1.550 or more. The upper limit of the refractive index of the high refractive index monomer is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the adhesive composition or ease of balancing softness suitable for use as an adhesive, it is, for example, 3.000 or less, and may be 2.500. below, it can be below 2.000, below 1.900, below 1.800, or below 1.700. The high refractive index monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In addition, the refractive index of the monomer was measured using an Abbe refractometer under the conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C. The Abbe refractometer can use model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO Co., Ltd. or its equivalent. When a nominal value of the refractive index at 25°C is provided from the manufacturer, etc., the nominal value can be used.

上述高折射率單體可從在此揭示之含芳香環單體(A1)之概念所含之化合物(例如上述所例示之化合物及化合物群)之中適當採用具有該折射率者。具體例可列舉:間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯(折射率:1.566,均聚物之Tg:-35℃)、1-萘甲基丙烯酸酯(折射率:1.595,均聚物之Tg:31℃)、乙氧基化鄰苯基苯酚丙烯酸酯(氧伸乙基單元之重複數:1,折射率:1.578)、丙烯酸苄酯(折射率(nD20):1.519,均聚物之Tg:6℃)、丙烯酸苯氧乙酯(折射率(nD20):1.517,均聚物之Tg:2℃)、苯氧基二乙二醇丙烯酸酯(折射率:1.510,均聚物之Tg:-35℃)、6-丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(6MDNTA,折射率:1.75)、6-甲基丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(6MDNTMA,折射率:1.726)、5-丙烯醯氧基乙基二萘并噻吩(5EDNTA,折射率:1.786)、6-丙烯醯氧基乙基二萘并噻吩(6EDNTA,折射率:1.722)、6-乙烯基二萘并噻吩(6VDNT,折射率:1.802)、5-乙烯基二萘并噻吩(縮寫:5VDNT,折射率:1.793)等,惟不受該等所限。The above-mentioned high refractive index monomer can be appropriately selected from the compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) disclosed here (for example, the compounds and compound groups exemplified above) having the refractive index. Specific examples include: m-phenoxy benzyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.566, Tg of homopolymer: -35°C), 1-naphthylmethacrylate (refractive index: 1.595, Tg of homopolymer: 31 ℃), ethoxylated o-phenylphenol acrylate (repeat number of oxyethyl units: 1, refractive index: 1.578), benzyl acrylate (refractive index (nD20): 1.519, homopolymer Tg: 6 ℃), phenoxyethyl acrylate (refractive index (nD20): 1.517, Tg of homopolymer: 2℃), phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (refractive index: 1.510, Tg of homopolymer: -35 ℃), 6-acryloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.75), 6-methacryloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTMA, refractive index: 1.726), 5-propene Dihydroxyethyl dinaphthothiophene (5EDNTA, refractive index: 1.786), 6-acryloxyethyl dinaphthothiophene (6EDNTA, refractive index: 1.722), 6-vinyl dinaphthothiophene (6VDNT, Refractive index: 1.802), 5-vinyl dinaphthothiophene (abbreviation: 5VDNT, refractive index: 1.793), etc., but are not limited by these.

單體(A1)中之高折射率單體(亦即折射率為大約1.510以上、宜為大約1.530以上、較宜為大約1.550以上之含芳香環單體)之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上,可為25重量%以上,可為35重量%以上,亦可為40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,單體(A1)中之高折射率單體之含量例如可為50重量%以上,宜為70重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(A1)亦可實質上100重量%為高折射率單體。又,在數個態樣中,例如由平衡兼顧高折射率與柔軟性、且在需要之情況下進一步兼顧接著力之觀點來看,單體(A1)中之高折射率單體之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為65重量%以下。The content of the high refractive index monomer (that is, the aromatic ring-containing monomer with a refractive index of about 1.510 or above, preferably about 1.530 or above, more preferably about 1.550 or above) in the monomer (A1) is not particularly limited. For example, it can be It may be 5% by weight or more, it may be 25% by weight or more, it may be 35% by weight or more, it may be 40% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (A1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, preferably 70% by weight or more, and may be 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (A1) may be a high refractive index monomer. Furthermore, in several aspects, for example, from the viewpoint of balancing high refractive index and flexibility, and further taking into account adhesive strength if necessary, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (A1) can be Less than 100% by weight, it may be 98% by weight or less, it may be 90% by weight or less, it may be 80% by weight or less, or it may be 65% by weight or less.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與柔軟性之黏著劑。又,在需要之情況下,亦可進一步考慮兼顧黏著特性(例如接著力等)及/或光學特性(例如全光線透射性、霧度值等)來設定。上述單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中,高折射率單體之含量例如可大於35重量%,而由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,大於50重量%是有利的,宜大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。上述單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量由平衡兼顧高折射率與柔軟性、且在需要之情況下進一步兼顧接著力之觀點來看,設為99重量%以下是有利的,宜設為98重量%以下,較宜設為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。The content of the high refractive index monomer among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set to an adhesive that achieves both the desired refractive index and flexibility. In addition, if necessary, it can also be set taking into account the adhesive properties (such as adhesive strength, etc.) and/or optical properties (such as total light transmittance, haze value, etc.). The content of the high refractive index monomer in the above monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In several aspects, among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer, the content of the high refractive index monomer can be, for example, greater than 35% by weight, and from the perspective of easily obtaining a higher refractive index, greater than 50% by weight is Advantageously, it should be greater than 70% by weight, it can be more than 75% by weight, it can be more than 85% by weight, it can be more than 90% by weight, it can also be more than 95% by weight. The content of the high refractive index monomer in the above monomer components is advantageous to be 99% by weight or less from the viewpoint of balancing high refractive index and flexibility, and if necessary, adhesion strength. It may be 98% by weight or less, preferably 96% by weight or less, it may be 93% by weight or less, it may be 90% by weight or less, it may be 85% by weight or less, it may be 80% by weight or less, or it may be 75% by weight or less. .

在數個理想態樣中,單體(A1)之至少一部分係採用均聚物之Tg為10℃以下之含芳香環單體(以下有時表記為「單體L」)。當增加單體成分中之含芳香環單體(A1)(尤其是相當於上述含複數個芳香環之單體、含單數個芳香環之單體及高折射率單體中之至少一者的含芳香環單體(A1))之含量時,黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'會大致傾向上升,但藉由採用單體L作為該單體(A1)之一部分或全部,可抑制儲存彈性模數G'之上升。藉此,可更良好地兼顧高折射率與柔軟性。單體L之Tg例如可為5℃以下,可為0℃以下,可為-10℃以下,可為-20℃以下,亦可為-25℃以下。單體L之Tg的下限無特別限制。考量到與折射率提升效果之平衡,在數個態樣中,單體L之Tg例如可為-70℃以上,可為-55℃以上,亦可為-45℃以上。在其他數個態樣中,單體L之Tg例如可為-30℃以上,可為-10℃以上,可為0℃以上,亦可為3℃以上。單體L可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。In some ideal aspects, at least part of the monomer (A1) is an aromatic ring-containing monomer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "monomer L") whose Tg of the homopolymer is 10° C. or lower. When adding the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) in the monomer component (especially equivalent to at least one of the above-mentioned plural aromatic ring-containing monomers, singular aromatic ring-containing monomers and high refractive index monomers) When the content of aromatic ring monomer (A1) is included, the storage elastic modulus G' of the adhesive will generally tend to increase. However, by using monomer L as part or all of the monomer (A1), the storage elasticity can be suppressed. Modulus G' rises. This allows a better balance between high refractive index and softness. The Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, 5°C or lower, 0°C or lower, -10°C or lower, -20°C or lower, or -25°C or lower. The lower limit of Tg of monomer L is not particularly limited. Considering the balance with the refractive index increasing effect, in several aspects, the Tg of the monomer L can be, for example, -70°C or higher, -55°C or higher, or -45°C or higher. In several other aspects, the Tg of the monomer L can be, for example, -30°C or above, -10°C or above, 0°C or above, or 3°C or above. Monomer L can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

單體L可從在此揭示之含芳香環單體(A1)之概念所含之化合物(例如上述所例示之化合物及化合物群)之中適當採用具有該Tg者。可作為單體L使用之含芳香環單體之適宜例可舉:間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯(均聚物之Tg:-35℃)、丙烯酸苄酯(均聚物之Tg:6℃)、丙烯酸苯氧乙酯(均聚物之Tg:2℃)、苯氧基二乙二醇丙烯酸酯(均聚物之Tg:-35℃)。The monomer L can be appropriately selected from the compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) disclosed here (for example, the compounds and compound groups exemplified above) having the Tg. Suitable examples of aromatic ring-containing monomers that can be used as the monomer L include: m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: -35°C), benzyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: 6°C) ), phenoxyethyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: 2°C), phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: -35°C).

單體(A1)中之單體L之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上,可為25重量%以上,亦可為40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易獲得以更高水準兼顧高折射率與柔軟性之黏著劑之觀點來看,單體(A1)中之單體L之含量例如可為50重量%以上,而由提升柔軟性之觀點來看宜為60重量%以上,可為70重量%以上,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(A1)亦可實質上100重量%為單體L。又,在其他數個態樣中,例如由平衡兼顧高折射率與柔軟性、且在需要之情況下進一步兼顧接著力之觀點來看,單體(A1)中之單體L之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為65重量%以下。The content of monomer L in monomer (A1) is not particularly limited. For example, it may be 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining an adhesive having both high refractive index and flexibility at a higher level, the content of monomer L in monomer (A1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and From the viewpoint of improving softness, the content is preferably 60% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. . Monomer (A1) may be substantially 100% by weight of monomer L. In addition, in several other aspects, for example, from the viewpoint of balancing high refractive index and flexibility, and further balancing the adhesive strength if necessary, the content of monomer L in monomer (A1) may be less than 100% by weight, it may be 98% by weight or less, it may be 90% by weight or less, it may be 80% by weight or less, or it may be 65% by weight or less.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體L之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易獲得以更高水準兼顧高折射率與柔軟性之黏著劑之觀點來看,單體成分中之單體L之含量例如可大於35重量%,而由提升折射率之觀點來看,大於50重量%是有利的,宜大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。由平衡兼顧高折射率與柔軟性、且在需要之情況下進一步兼顧接著力之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之單體L之含量設為大約99重量%以下是有利的,宜設為98重量%以下,較宜設為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。The content of the monomer L in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining an adhesive that combines high refractive index and softness at a higher level, the content of monomer L in the monomer component can be, for example, greater than 35% by weight, thereby improving the refractive index. From the viewpoint of weight ratio, it is advantageous to exceed 50% by weight, and preferably exceed 70% by weight. It may be 75% by weight or more, it may be 85% by weight or more, it may be 90% by weight or more, or it may be 95% by weight or more. From the viewpoint of balancing high refractive index with flexibility and, if necessary, adhesion strength, it is advantageous to set the content of monomer L in the above monomer component to about 99% by weight or less, and preferably to 98% by weight or less, preferably 96% by weight or less, 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less.

在數個態樣中,含芳香環單體(A1)亦可組合單體L(亦即為均聚物的Tg為10℃以下之含芳香環單體)與Tg高於10℃之單體H來使用。單體H之Tg例如可高於10℃,可高於15℃,亦可高於20℃。藉由組合單體L與單體H來使用,在單體成分中之含芳香環單體(A1)之含量多之黏著劑中,可以更高水準兼顧該黏著劑之高折射率化與適於對被黏著體密著之柔軟性。單體L與單體H之使用量比可設定成可適宜展現所述效果,並無特別限定。In several aspects, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) can also be combined with monomer L (that is, an aromatic ring-containing monomer with a homopolymer whose Tg is below 10°C) and a monomer with a Tg higher than 10°C. H to use. The Tg of monomer H can be, for example, higher than 10°C, higher than 15°C, or higher than 20°C. By using monomer L and monomer H in combination, in adhesives containing a large amount of aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) in the monomer components, it is possible to achieve a higher level of both high refractive index and suitability of the adhesive. Due to its softness and close adhesion to the adherend. The usage ratio of monomer L and monomer H can be set to suitably exhibit the above effects, and is not particularly limited.

在數個態樣中,含芳香環單體(A1)可適宜自不含2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構(例如聯苯結構)的化合物中選擇。例如,宜為藉由下述組成之單體成分構成之丙烯酸系聚合物:包含2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的化合物之含量小於5重量%(較宜為小於3重量%,亦可為0重量%)。關於如此限制包含2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的化合物的使用量一事,由實現更平衡兼顧高折射率與柔軟性、且在需要之情況下進一步兼顧接著力之黏著劑之觀點來看是有利的。In several aspects, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) can be suitably selected from compounds that do not have a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded (for example, a biphenyl structure). For example, it is preferably an acrylic polymer composed of the following monomer components: the content of a compound containing a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded is less than 5% by weight (preferably less than 3% by weight, It can also be 0% by weight). Regarding the restriction of the usage amount of compounds containing structures in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded, this is from the perspective of achieving a more balanced adhesive with high refractive index and flexibility, and further balancing adhesion if necessary. It seems to be beneficial.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與柔軟性、進而黏著特性(例如接著力等)及/或光學特性(例如全光線透射率、霧度值等)之黏著劑。在數個態樣中,上述單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量例如可為30重量%以上,宜為50重量%以上,亦可較宜為60重量%以上,亦可為70重量%以上。在數個理想態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量例如可大於70重量%,為75重量%以上是適當的;而由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,宜為80重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,可為95重量%以上,亦可為91重量%以上、92重量%以上、93重量%以上、94重量%以上、95重量%以上、96重量%以上、97重量%以上、98重量%以上或99重量%以上。上述單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量典型上小於100重量%,而由平衡兼顧高折射率與柔軟性、且在需要之情況下進一步兼顧接著力之觀點來看,大約99重量%以下是有利的,可為98重量%以下,可為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,亦可為90重量%以下。在數個態樣中,由容易實現更高黏著特性及/或光學特性(例如透明性)之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量可小於90重量%,可小於85重量%,亦可小於80重量%。The content of the monomer (A1) among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set to achieve a desired balance of refractive index and flexibility, as well as adhesive properties (such as adhesive strength, etc.) and/or optics. Adhesives with properties (such as total light transmittance, haze value, etc.). In several aspects, the content of the monomer (A1) in the above monomer component may be, for example, 30% by weight or more, preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 60% by weight or more, or 70% by weight. %above. In some ideal aspects, the content of the monomer (A1) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer can be, for example, greater than 70% by weight, and 75% by weight or more is appropriate; because it is easier to obtain a higher refractive index From the perspective of , more than 94% by weight, more than 95% by weight, more than 96% by weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight or more than 99% by weight. The content of monomer (A1) in the above monomer components is typically less than 100% by weight, and from the perspective of balancing high refractive index and flexibility, and further taking into account adhesive strength if necessary, it is about 99% by weight. The following are advantageous, and may be 98% by weight or less, 96% by weight or less, 93% by weight or less, or 90% by weight or less. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily achieving higher adhesive properties and/or optical properties (such as transparency), the content of the monomer (A1) in the above monomer components may be less than 90% by weight, and may be less than 85% by weight, or less than 80% by weight.

(單體(A2)) 在數個理想態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分除上述單體(A1)外,可更含有單體(A2)。上述單體(A2)係相當於具有羥基之單體(含羥基單體)及具有羧基之單體(含羧基單體)中之至少一者的單體。上述含羥基單體係1分子內具有至少1個羥基與至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。上述含羧基單體係1分子內包含至少1個羧基與至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。單體(A2)可有助於用以將交聯點導入丙烯酸系聚合物、或賦予黏著劑適度的凝集性。單體(A2)可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。單體(A2)可含有芳香環,亦可不含芳香環。單體(A2)可適宜使用不含芳香環之單體。此外,單體(A2)係定義為與前述單體(A1)不同之單體,例如前述單體(A1)可定義為不具羥基及羧基之單體。 (Single unit (A2)) In some ideal aspects, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may further contain the monomer (A2) in addition to the above-mentioned monomer (A1). The above-mentioned monomer (A2) is a monomer corresponding to at least one of a monomer having a hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group-containing monomer) and a monomer having a carboxyl group (carboxyl group-containing monomer). The above-mentioned hydroxyl-containing monosystem is a compound having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule. The above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing monosystem is a compound containing at least one carboxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule. The monomer (A2) can contribute to introducing cross-linking points into the acrylic polymer or imparting appropriate cohesiveness to the adhesive. The monomer (A2) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The monomer (A2) may or may not contain an aromatic ring. As the monomer (A2), a monomer containing no aromatic ring can be suitably used. In addition, monomer (A2) is defined as a monomer different from the aforementioned monomer (A1). For example, the aforementioned monomer (A1) can be defined as a monomer that does not have a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group.

單體(A2)具有之乙烯性不飽和基之例可舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基等。由聚合反應性之觀點來看宜為(甲基)丙烯醯基,而由提升柔軟性或黏著性之觀點來看以丙烯醯基較佳。由提升黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,單體(A2)可適宜使用1分子中所含之乙烯性不飽和基之數量為1的化合物(即單官能單體)。Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group that the monomer (A2) has include (meth)acrylyl group, vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, and the like. From the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, a (meth)acrylyl group is preferable, and from the viewpoint of improving flexibility or adhesiveness, an acrylyl group is more preferable. From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive, a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group contained in one molecule (i.e., a monofunctional monomer) can be suitably used as the monomer (A2).

在數個態樣中,單體(A2)可使用乙烯性不飽和基(例如(甲基)丙烯醯基)與羥基及/或羧基之距離較長的單體。藉此,在上述羥基及/或羧基用於交聯反應之態樣中,可容易獲得柔軟性高之交聯結構。例如,可將構成連結上述乙烯性不飽和基與羥基及/或羧基之鏈(連結鏈)的原子(典型上為碳原子或氧原子)之數量為3以上(例如4以上、5以上、6以上、7以上、8以上、9以上、10以上、11以上、12以上、13以上、14以上、15以上、16以上、17以上、18以上或19以上)的化合物作為單體(A2)使用。上述連結鏈構成原子數的上限例如為45以下,亦可為20以下(例如19以下、18以下、17以下、16以下、15以下、14以下、13以下、12以下、11以下、10以下、9以下或8以下)。此外,連結上述乙烯性不飽和基與羥基及/或羧基之連結鏈構成原子數,係指從乙烯性不飽和基到達羥基或羧基所需之最小原子之數量。例如,上述連結鏈由直鏈伸烷基(即-(CH 2) n-基)構成時,n之數量便成為上述連結鏈構成原子數。又例如,上述連結鏈為氧伸乙基(即-(C 2H 4O) n-基)時,構成氧伸乙基之碳原子數2與氧原子數1之和3與n之積(3n)便成為上述連結鏈構成原子數。作為所述單體(A2),可使用在上述乙烯性不飽和基與上述羥基及/或羧基之間具有至少1個-例如-(CH 2) n-所示之伸烷基單元、或-(C mH 2mO)-所示之氧伸烷基單元(例如前述式中之m為2的氧伸乙基單元、前述式中之m為3的氧伸丙基單元、前述式中之m為4的氧伸丁基單元)者,但無特別限定。上述伸烷基單元或氧伸烷基單元之數量無特別限定,亦可為1以上(例如1~15或1~10或2~6或2~4)。又,表示上述伸烷基單元之式中之n例如為1~10之整數,可為2以上,可為3以上,亦可為4以上,且可為6以下,亦可為5以下。表示上述氧伸烷基單元之式中之m為2以上之整數,例如為2~4之整數。單體(A2)可為除上述乙烯性不飽和基、羥基及/或羧基、伸烷基單元及/或氧伸烷基單元外,還包含酯鍵或醚鍵、硫醚鍵、芳香環、脂肪族環、雜環(例如包含氮原子(N)或氧原子(O)、硫原子(S)之環)者。又,上述伸烷基單元或氧伸烷基單元亦可具有取代基。 In several aspects, the monomer (A2) can use a monomer with a longer distance between the ethylenically unsaturated group (such as (meth)acrylyl group) and the hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group. Thereby, in the aspect in which the above-mentioned hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group are used in the cross-linking reaction, a cross-linked structure with high flexibility can be easily obtained. For example, the number of atoms (typically carbon atoms or oxygen atoms) constituting the chain (connecting chain) connecting the ethylenically unsaturated group and the hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group may be 3 or more (for example, 4 or more, 5 or more, 6 Compounds above, 7 or above, 8 or above, 9 or above, 10 or above, 11 or above, 12 or above, 13 or above, 14 or above, 15 or above, 16 or above, 17 or above, 18 or above or 19 or above) are used as the monomer (A2) . The upper limit of the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain is, for example, 45 or less, and may be 20 or less (for example, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less, 15 or less, 14 or less, 13 or less, 12 or less, 11 or less, 10 or less, 9 or less or 8 or less). In addition, the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain connecting the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated group to the hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group refers to the minimum number of atoms required to reach the hydroxyl group or carboxyl group from the ethylenically unsaturated group. For example, when the connecting chain is composed of a linear alkylene group (that is, -(CH 2 ) n -group), the number of n becomes the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain. For another example, when the above-mentioned connecting chain is an oxyethylene group (i.e. -(C 2 H 4 O) n -group), the product of the sum of the number of carbon atoms 2 and the number of oxygen atoms 1 constituting the oxyethylene group 3 and n is ( 3n) becomes the number of atoms constituting the above-mentioned connecting chain. As the monomer (A2), an alkylene unit having at least one - for example - (CH 2 ) n - between the ethylenically unsaturated group and the hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group, or - The oxyalkylene unit represented by (C m H 2m O)- (for example, the oxyethylene unit in the aforementioned formula in which m is 2, the oxypropyl unit in the aforementioned formula in which m is 3, the oxyalkylene unit in the aforementioned formula m is an oxybutyl unit of 4), but is not particularly limited. The number of the above-mentioned alkylene units or oxyalkylene units is not particularly limited, and may be 1 or more (for example, 1 to 15 or 1 to 10 or 2 to 6 or 2 to 4). Furthermore, n in the formula representing the alkylene unit is, for example, an integer from 1 to 10, and may be 2 or more, 3 or more, or 4 or more, and may be 6 or less, or 5 or less. m in the formula representing the above-mentioned oxyalkylene unit is an integer of 2 or more, for example, an integer of 2 to 4. Monomer (A2) may include, in addition to the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated groups, hydroxyl and/or carboxyl groups, alkylene units and/or oxyalkylene units, ester bonds or ether bonds, thioether bonds, aromatic rings, Aliphatic rings and heterocyclic rings (for example, rings containing nitrogen atoms (N), oxygen atoms (O), and sulfur atoms (S)). Moreover, the above-mentioned alkylene unit or oxyalkylene unit may have a substituent.

含羥基單體之例可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥月桂酯、(4-羥甲基環己基)甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯;聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丁二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等聚伸烷基二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等,惟不受該等所限。可適宜使用之含羥基單體之例可舉丙烯酸4-羥丁酯(Tg:-40℃)及丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(Tg:-15℃)。由提升在室溫區域中之柔軟性之觀點來看,以Tg更低之丙烯酸4-羥丁酯較佳。又,在使用(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯作為含羥基單體且將該羥基利用於交聯反應之態樣中,由獲得柔軟性高之交聯結構之觀點來看,宜使用上述(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯中之羥烷基之碳數多之單體,宜使用例如上述羥烷基之碳數為3以上(例如3~12,宜為4~10)之(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯(例如丙烯酸4-羥丁酯)。在數個理想態樣中,單體(A2)之50重量%以上(例如大於50重量%、大於70重量%或大於85重量%)可為丙烯酸4-羥丁酯。含羥基單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Examples of hydroxyl-containing monomers include: (2-hydroxyethylmeth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl(meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl(meth)acrylate, and 6-hydroxy(meth)acrylate. Hexyl ester, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (methyl) ) acrylate and other (meth)hydroxyalkyl acrylates; polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polybutylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate and other polyesters Alkyl glycol mono(meth)acrylate, etc., but are not subject to these restrictions. Examples of hydroxyl-containing monomers that can be suitably used include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (Tg: -40°C) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (Tg: -15°C). From the viewpoint of improving flexibility in the room temperature range, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate with a lower Tg is preferred. In addition, in the aspect of using hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate as a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and utilizing the hydroxyl group in a cross-linking reaction, from the viewpoint of obtaining a highly flexible cross-linked structure, it is preferable to use the above ( The monomer with a large number of carbon atoms in the hydroxyalkyl group of hydroxyalkyl methacrylate is preferably a monomer with a carbon number of 3 or more (for example, 3 to 12, preferably 4 to 10) in the hydroxyalkyl group mentioned above. ) Hydroxyalkyl acrylate (such as 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate). In several ideal aspects, more than 50% by weight (eg, greater than 50% by weight, greater than 70% by weight, or greater than 85% by weight) of monomer (A2) may be 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate. The hydroxyl group-containing monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

在使用含羥基單體作為單體(A2)之數個態樣中,上述含羥基單體可為選自不具甲基丙烯醯基之化合物中之1種或2種以上。不具甲基丙烯醯基之含羥基單體的適宜例可舉上述各種丙烯酸羥烷基酯。例如,以作為單體(A2)使用之含羥基單體中大於50重量%、大於70重量%或大於85重量%為丙烯酸羥烷基酯為佳。藉由使用丙烯酸羥烷基酯,可將有助於提供交聯點或賦予適度凝集性的羥基導入丙烯酸系聚合物,且相較於僅使用對應之甲基丙烯酸羥烷基之情況更可容易獲得在室溫區域中之柔軟性或黏著性佳的黏著劑。In several aspects of using a hydroxyl-containing monomer as the monomer (A2), the above-mentioned hydroxyl-containing monomer may be one or more types selected from compounds that do not have a methacryl group. Suitable examples of the hydroxyl-containing monomer having no methacrylic group include the above-mentioned various hydroxyalkyl acrylates. For example, it is preferred that more than 50% by weight, more than 70% by weight, or more than 85% by weight of the hydroxyl-containing monomer used as monomer (A2) is hydroxyalkyl acrylate. By using hydroxyalkyl acrylate, hydroxyl groups that help provide cross-linking points or impart appropriate cohesiveness can be introduced into the acrylic polymer more easily than when only the corresponding hydroxyalkyl methacrylate is used. Obtain an adhesive with good softness or adhesion in the room temperature area.

含羧基單體之例除(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羧乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羧戊酯等丙烯酸系單體外,還可舉伊康酸、馬來酸、延胡索酸、巴豆酸及異巴豆酸等,惟不受該等所限。可適宜使用之含羧基單體之例可舉丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸。又,在數個態樣中,由提升黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,含羧基單體例如宜使用下述式(1)所示之化合物。 CH 2=CR 1-COO-R 2-OCO-R 3-COOH     (1) 在此,上述式(1)中之R 1為氫或甲基。R 2及R 3為2價連結基(具體上為碳原子數1~20(例如2~10,宜為2~5)之有機基),可彼此相同亦可互異。上述式(1)中之R 2及R 3例如可為2價脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基、脂環族烴基。例如,上述R 2及R 3可為碳原子數2~5之伸烷基。上述式(1)所示之含羧基單體之具體例可列舉例如:2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基-酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基-2-羥乙基-酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基-琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基六氫酞酸氫酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基酞酸氫酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基四氫酞酸氫酯等。含羧基單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。亦可併用含羥基單體與含羧基單體。 Examples of carboxyl group-containing monomers include, in addition to acrylic monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, Crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, etc., but are not limited by these. Examples of carboxyl group-containing monomers that can be suitably used include acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Furthermore, in some aspects, from the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive, the carboxyl group-containing monomer is suitably used, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (1). CH 2 =CR 1 -COO-R 2 -OCO-R 3 -COOH (1) Here, R 1 in the above formula (1) is hydrogen or methyl. R 2 and R 3 are divalent linking groups (specifically, organic groups with 1 to 20 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 5)), and may be the same or different from each other. R 2 and R 3 in the above formula (1) may be, for example, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group. For example, the above-mentioned R 2 and R 3 may be an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the carboxyl group-containing monomer represented by the above formula (1) include: 2-(meth)acryloxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl-phthalate Acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethyl-phthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl-succinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl Propyl hexahydrogen phthalate, 2-(meth)acryloxypropyl hydrogen phthalate, 2-(meth)acryloxypropyl tetrahydrophthalate, etc. The carboxyl group-containing monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. A hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a carboxyl group-containing monomer may be used together.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體(A2)之含量無特別限制,可按目的設定。在數個態樣中,上述單體(A2)之含量例如為0.01重量%以上,0.1重量%以上是適當的,宜為0.5重量%以上。由獲得更高之使用效果之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,上述單體(A2)之含量可設為1重量%以上,可設為2重量%以上,亦可設為3重量%以上。單體成分中之單體(A2)之含量的上限係設定成與單體(A1)之含量的合計不超過100重量%。在數個態樣中,上述單體(A2)之含量例如設為30重量%以下或10重量%以下是適當的,而由使單體(A1)之含量相對較多而容易高折射率化之觀點來看,宜設為5重量%以下。在數個理想態樣中,由提升柔軟性之觀點來看,上述單體(A2)之含量小於5重量%,較宜小於3重量%,亦可為1.5重量%以下。The content of the monomer (A2) among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited and can be set according to the purpose. In some aspects, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A2) is, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, and 0.1% by weight or more is appropriate, and preferably it is 0.5% by weight or more. From the perspective of obtaining higher use effects, in several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A2) can be set to 1% by weight or more, may be set to 2% by weight or more, or may be set to 3% by weight. above. The upper limit of the content of the monomer (A2) in the monomer component is set so that the total of the content of the monomer (A1) does not exceed 100% by weight. In some aspects, it is appropriate to set the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A2) to, for example, 30% by weight or less or 10% by weight or less. However, by making the content of the monomer (A1) relatively large, it is easy to achieve a high refractive index. From this point of view, it is preferable to set it to 5% by weight or less. In several ideal aspects, from the perspective of improving flexibility, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A2) is less than 5% by weight, preferably less than 3% by weight, and may also be less than 1.5% by weight.

(單體A3) 在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分除上述單體(A1)外,可更含有(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯(以下亦稱「單體(A3)」)。單體(A3)可有助於提升黏著劑之柔軟性。且,還可有助於改善添加劑在黏著劑內之相溶性或接著力等之黏著特性。單體(A3)可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 (Single A3) In some aspects, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may further contain (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester (hereinafter also referred to as "monomer (A3)") in addition to the above-mentioned monomer (A1). Monomer (A3) can help improve the flexibility of the adhesive. In addition, it can also help improve the adhesive properties such as the compatibility of additives in the adhesive or the adhesion force. The monomer (A3) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

單體(A3)可適宜使用於酯末端具有碳原子數1~20之(即C 1-20之)直鏈或支鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之具體例可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十三酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十五酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十七酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異十八酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十九酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二十酯等,惟不受該等所限。 The monomer (A3) can be suitably used for (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters having a linear or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-20 ) at the end of the ester. Specific examples of (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl esters include: (meth)acrylic acid methyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid ethyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid propyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid isopropyl ester , n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, secondary butyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) Isoamyl acrylate, Hexyl (meth)acrylate, Heptyl (meth)acrylate, Octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, Isooctyl (meth)acrylate , Nonyl (meth)acrylate, Isononyl (meth)acrylate, Decyl (meth)acrylate, Isodecyl (meth)acrylate, Undecyl (meth)acrylate, Decyl (meth)acrylate Diester, tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecanyl (meth)acrylate, pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, cetylacrylate (meth)acrylate, heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate stearyl (meth)acrylate, isoctadecyl (meth)acrylate, nonadecanyl (meth)acrylate, eicosyl (meth)acrylate, etc., but are not limited by these.

在數個態樣中,單體(A3)之至少一部分可適宜採用均聚物之Tg為-20℃以下(較宜為-40℃以下,例如-50℃以下)之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。所述低Tg之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯可有助於提升黏著劑之柔軟性。且,還可有助於改善接著力等之黏著特性。上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之Tg的下限無特別限制,例如可為-85℃以上,可為-75℃以上,可為-65℃以上,亦可為-60℃以上。上述低Tg(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之具體例可舉丙烯酸正丁酯(BA)、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)、丙烯酸庚酯、丙烯酸辛酯、丙烯酸異壬酯(iNA)等。在其他數個態樣中,單體(A3)之至少一部分可採用均聚物之Tg高於-20℃(例如-10℃以上)之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之Tg的上限例如為10℃以下,可為5℃以下,亦可為0℃以下。具有該範圍之Tg的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯可有助於調整黏著劑之柔軟性。具有上述Tg之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯宜與上述低Tg(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯併用,但無特別限定。具有上述Tg之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的具體例可舉丙烯酸月桂酯(LA)。In several aspects, at least a part of the monomer (A3) can suitably be a (meth)acrylic acid alkane whose Tg of the homopolymer is -20°C or lower (preferably -40°C or lower, for example -50°C or lower). base ester. The low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate can help improve the softness of the adhesive. In addition, it can also help improve adhesive properties such as adhesive strength. The lower limit of Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is not particularly limited, and may be -85°C or higher, -75°C or higher, -65°C or higher, or -60°C or higher. Specific examples of the low-Tg (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester include n-butyl acrylate (BA), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), heptyl acrylate, octyl acrylate, and isononyl acrylate (iNA) wait. In several other aspects, at least part of the monomer (A3) may be an alkyl (meth)acrylate whose homopolymer has a Tg higher than -20°C (eg, above -10°C). The upper limit of Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 10°C or lower, 5°C or lower, or 0°C or lower. Alkyl (meth)acrylates with a Tg in this range can help adjust the softness of the adhesive. The (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having the above-mentioned Tg is preferably used in combination with the above-mentioned low-Tg (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester, but there is no particular limitation. Specific examples of the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having the above-mentioned Tg include lauryl acrylate (LA).

在使用單體(A3)之數個態樣中,宜使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯作為單體(A3)。其中,較宜使用丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。藉由使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯,有容易實現提升黏著劑之柔軟性、且可容易獲得良好黏著特性(接著力等)的傾向。在使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯作為單體(A3)之態樣中,單體成分中所含之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯之比率為30重量%以上是適當的,宜為50重量%以上,較宜為70重量%以上,更宜為90重量%以上,亦可實質上為100重量%。 Among several aspects of using monomer (A3), it is preferable to use C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate as monomer (A3). Among them, C 4-8 alkyl acrylate is preferably used. C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. By using C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate, it is easy to improve the flexibility of the adhesive and obtain good adhesive properties (adhesion, etc.). In the aspect of using C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate as the monomer (A3), the alkyl (meth)acrylate contained in the monomer component has C 4-8 (meth)acrylate. The ratio of the alkyl ester is appropriately 30% by weight or more, preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 90% by weight or more, and may be substantially 100% by weight.

在使用單體(A3)之數個態樣中,可使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯作為單體(A3)。藉由使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯,可調節各溫度區域之儲存彈性模數。例如將高溫區域之儲存彈性模數設定成相對較高,可抑制低溫區域與高溫區域之儲存彈性模數差變大。且,(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯有與單體(A1)之共聚性亦優異之傾向。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。在使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯作為單體(A3)之態樣中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯宜為丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯,較宜為丙烯酸C 2-6烷基酯,更宜為丙烯酸C 4-6烷基酯。在其他數個態樣中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯宜為(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-4烷基酯,較宜為(甲基)丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯,更宜為丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之適宜例可舉BA。 In several aspects of using monomer (A3), C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be used as monomer (A3). By using C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate, the storage elastic modulus in each temperature range can be adjusted. For example, setting the storage elastic modulus of the high-temperature region to a relatively high value can prevent the storage elastic modulus difference between the low-temperature region and the high-temperature region from becoming larger. Furthermore, the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate also tends to have excellent copolymerizability with the monomer (A1). C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In the case where C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is used as the monomer (A3), the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably C 1-6 alkyl acrylate. It is C 2-6 alkyl acrylate, more preferably C 4-6 alkyl acrylate. In several other aspects, the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably C 1-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, and more preferably the C 2-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate , more preferably C 2-4 alkyl acrylate. A suitable example of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is BA.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之含量例如可為1重量%以上,可為3重量%以上,可為5重量%以上,亦可為8重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由提升柔軟性、接著力等之觀點來看,上述(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之含量可為10重量%以上,可為15重量%以上,可為20重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上(例如30重量%以上)。單體成分中(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之含量的上限例如小於50重量%,亦可小於35重量%。在數個態樣中,由維持高折射率之觀點來看,上述(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之含量例如為24重量%以下,宜小於20重量%,較宜小於17重量%,可小於12重量%,可小於7重量%,可小於3重量%,亦可小於1重量%。在此揭示之技術即便在實質上不使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之態樣下仍可實施。 In the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer, the content of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or may be 8% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of improving flexibility, adhesion, etc., the content of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 10% by weight or more, may be 15% by weight or more, or may be It is 20 weight% or more, and may be 25 weight% or more (for example, 30 weight% or more). The upper limit of the content of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, less than 50% by weight, and may also be less than 35% by weight. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of maintaining a high refractive index, the content of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 24% by weight or less, preferably less than 20% by weight, more preferably less than 17% by weight. %, may be less than 12% by weight, may be less than 7% by weight, may be less than 3% by weight, may also be less than 1% by weight. The technology disclosed herein can be implemented without substantially using C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate.

在使用單體(A3)之其他數個態樣中,可適宜使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯作為單體(A3)。藉由使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯,可適宜降低儲存彈性模數。(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯宜為丙烯酸C 7-10烷基酯,較宜為丙烯酸C 7-9烷基酯,更宜為丙烯酸C 8烷基酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之例可舉2EHA、iNA、LA,適宜例可舉2EHA。 Among several other aspects of using monomer (A3), C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be suitably used as monomer (A3). By using C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate, the storage elastic modulus can be appropriately reduced. C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably C 7-10 alkyl acrylate, more preferably the C 7-9 alkyl acrylate, and more preferably the C 8 alkyl acrylate. Examples of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate include 2EHA, iNA, and LA, and a suitable example is 2EHA.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之含量例如可為1重量%以上,可為3重量%以上,可為5重量%以上,亦可為8重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由提升柔軟性、接著力等之觀點來看,上述(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之含量可為10重量%以上,可為15重量%以上,可為20重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上(例如30重量%以上)。單體成分中(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之含量的上限例如小於50重量%,亦可小於35重量%。在數個態樣中,由維持高折射率之觀點來看,上述(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之含量例如為24重量%以下,宜小於20重量%,較宜小於17重量%,可小於12重量%,可小於7重量%,可小於3重量%,亦可小於1重量%。在此揭示之技術即便在實質上不使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之態樣下仍可實施。 In the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer, the content of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or may be 8% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of improving flexibility, adhesion, etc., the content of the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 10% by weight or more, may be 15% by weight or more, or may be It is 20 weight% or more, and may be 25 weight% or more (for example, 30 weight% or more). The upper limit of the content of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, less than 50% by weight, and may also be less than 35% by weight. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of maintaining a high refractive index, the content of the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 24% by weight or less, preferably less than 20% by weight, more preferably less than 17% by weight. %, may be less than 12% by weight, may be less than 7% by weight, may be less than 3% by weight, may also be less than 1% by weight. The technology disclosed herein can be implemented without substantially using C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate.

在使用單體(A3)之數個態樣中,由提升柔軟性之觀點來看,上述單體(A3)之至少一部分宜為丙烯酸烷基酯。丙烯酸烷基酯之使用在接著力等之黏著特性方面來看亦有利。例如,單體(A3)中50重量%以上宜為丙烯酸烷基酯,單體(A3)中之丙烯酸烷基酯之比率較宜為75重量%以上,更宜為90重量%以上,單體(A3)亦可實質上100重量%為丙烯酸烷基酯。亦可為僅使用1種或2種以上丙烯酸烷基酯作為單體(A3)且不使用甲基丙烯酸烷基酯之態樣。Among several aspects of using the monomer (A3), from the viewpoint of improving flexibility, at least a part of the monomer (A3) is preferably alkyl acrylate. The use of alkyl acrylate is also advantageous in terms of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength. For example, more than 50% by weight of monomer (A3) is preferably alkyl acrylate, and the ratio of alkyl acrylate in monomer (A3) is preferably more than 75% by weight, more preferably more than 90% by weight. (A3) may be substantially 100% by weight of alkyl acrylate. Only one or more acrylic acid alkyl esters may be used as the monomer (A3) and no alkyl methacrylic acid ester may be used.

在單體成分包含(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之態樣中,單體成分中之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之含量可設定成可適當發揮其使用效果。在數個態樣中,上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之含量例如可為1重量%以上,可為3重量%以上,可為5重量%以上,亦可為8重量%以上。單體成分中之單體(A3)之含量的上限係設定成與單體(A1)、(A2)之含量的合計不超過100重量%,例如小於50重量%,亦可小於35重量%。在數個態樣中,上述單體(A3)之含量例如可為24重量%以下。一般而言,(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之折射率較低,因此為了高折射率化,限制單體成分中之單體(A3)之含量,使單體(A1)之含量相對較多是有利的。由所述觀點來看,單體(A3)之含量小於單體成分之23重量%是適當的,宜小於20重量%,較宜小於17重量%,可小於12重量%,可小於7重量%,可小於3重量%,亦可小於1重量%。在此揭示之技術即便在實質上不使用單體(A3)之態樣下仍可適宜實施。In the case where the monomer component contains alkyl (meth)acrylate, the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component can be set so that the use effect can be appropriately exerted. In several aspects, the content of the alkyl (meth)acrylate may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more. The upper limit of the content of the monomer (A3) in the monomer component is set so that the total content of the monomers (A1) and (A2) does not exceed 100% by weight, for example, less than 50% by weight, or less than 35% by weight. In several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A3) may be, for example, 24% by weight or less. Generally speaking, the refractive index of alkyl (meth)acrylate is low. Therefore, in order to increase the refractive index, the content of monomer (A3) in the monomer component is limited, so that the content of monomer (A1) is relatively high. is beneficial. From the above point of view, it is appropriate that the content of monomer (A3) is less than 23% by weight of the monomer components, preferably less than 20% by weight, more preferably less than 17% by weight, can be less than 12% by weight, can be less than 7% by weight , can be less than 3% by weight or less than 1% by weight. The technology disclosed here can be suitably implemented even in a state that does not substantially use the monomer (A3).

(其他單體) 構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分亦可視需求包含有上述單體(A1)、(A2)、(A3)以外之單體(以下稱作「其他單體」)。上述其他單體例如可為了調整丙烯酸系聚合物之Tg、調整黏著性能、改善在黏著劑層內之相溶性等來使用。上述其他單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 (Other monomers) The monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may also contain monomers other than the above-mentioned monomers (A1), (A2), and (A3) if necessary (hereinafter referred to as "other monomers"). The above-mentioned other monomers can be used, for example, to adjust the Tg of the acrylic polymer, adjust the adhesive properties, improve the compatibility in the adhesive layer, and the like. The above-mentioned other monomers can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

上述其他單體之例可舉具有羥基及羧基以外之官能基的單體(含官能基單體)。例如,可使黏著劑之凝集力或耐熱性提升之其他單體可舉含磺酸基單體、含磷酸基單體、含氰基單體等。又,作為可於丙烯酸系聚合物中導入可成為交聯基點之官能基、或是可有助於提升與被黏著體之密著力或改善在黏著劑內之相溶性的單體,可列舉:含醯胺基單體(例如(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等)、含胺基單體(例如胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N,N-二甲基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等)、具有含氮原子環之單體(例如N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎福林等)、含醯亞胺基單體、含環氧基單體、含酮基單體、含異氰酸酯基單體、含烷氧矽基單體等。此外,具有含氮原子環之單體中有例如像N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮般亦相當於含醯胺基單體之物。關於上述具有含氮原子環之單體與含胺基單體之關係亦同。Examples of the other monomers include monomers having functional groups other than hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups (functional group-containing monomers). For example, other monomers that can improve the cohesion or heat resistance of the adhesive include sulfonic acid group-containing monomers, phosphate group-containing monomers, and cyano group-containing monomers. In addition, as monomers that can be introduced into acrylic polymers into functional groups that can become cross-linking base points, or that can help improve the adhesion with the adherend or improve the compatibility in the adhesive, there are the following: Amino-containing monomers (such as (meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, etc.), amine-containing monomers (such as amineethyl (meth)acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.), monomers with nitrogen-containing rings (such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acrylomorphine etc.), acyl imine group-containing monomers, epoxy group-containing monomers, ketone group-containing monomers, isocyanate group-containing monomers, alkoxy silicone group-containing monomers, etc. In addition, among the monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, there are those that are also equivalent to amide group-containing monomers, such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone. The same applies to the relationship between the above-mentioned monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring and the amine group-containing monomer.

上述含官能基單體以外可使用之其他單體可列舉:乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯酯系單體;(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯等含非芳香族性環(甲基)丙烯酸酯;乙烯、丁二烯、異丁烯等烯烴系單體;氯乙烯等含氯單體;甲氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基乙氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含烷氧基單體;甲基乙烯基醚等乙烯基醚系單體等。可在提升黏著劑之柔軟性等目的下使用之其他單體的一適宜例可舉乙氧基乙氧基乙基丙烯酸酯(別名:乙基卡必醇丙烯酸酯,均聚物之Tg:-67℃)。Other monomers that can be used in addition to the above-mentioned functional group-containing monomers include: vinyl ester monomers such as vinyl acetate; non-aromatic ring-containing monomers such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and isobornyl (meth)acrylate. (Meth)acrylate; olefin monomers such as ethylene, butadiene, isobutylene; chlorine-containing monomers such as vinyl chloride; methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylic acid Alkoxy group-containing monomers such as ester, ethoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.; vinyl ether monomers such as methyl vinyl ether, etc. A suitable example of other monomers that can be used for the purpose of improving the softness of the adhesive is ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate (alias: ethyl carbitol acrylate, Tg of the homopolymer: - 67℃).

使用上述其他單體時,其使用量無特別限制,可在單體成分之合計量不超過100重量%之範圍內適當設定。由容易發揮使用單體(A1)所得之折射率提升效果之觀點來看,單體成分中之上述其他單體之含量可設為例如大約35重量%以下,設為大約25重量%以下(例如0~25重量%)是適當的,可大約20重量%以下(例如0~20重量%),設為大約10重量%以下(例如0~10重量%)是有利的,宜為大約5重量%以下,例如為大約1重量%以下。在此揭示之技術可適宜在單體成分實質上不含上述其他單體之態樣下實施。When using the above-mentioned other monomers, the usage amount is not particularly limited and can be appropriately set within the range that the total amount of the monomer components does not exceed 100% by weight. From the viewpoint of making it easier to exert the refractive index increasing effect obtained by using the monomer (A1), the content of the above-mentioned other monomers in the monomer component can be, for example, about 35% by weight or less, or about 25% by weight or less (for example, 0~25% by weight) is appropriate, and can be about 20% by weight or less (for example, 0~20% by weight). It is advantageous to set it at less than about 10% by weight (for example, 0~10% by weight), preferably about 5% by weight. or less, for example, about 1% by weight or less. The technology disclosed here can be suitably implemented in a state where the monomer component does not substantially contain the other monomers mentioned above.

在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可為含甲基丙烯醯基單體之使用量經抑制在預定以下之組成。單體成分中之含甲基丙烯醯基單體之使用量例如可小於5重量%,可小於3重量%,可小於1重量%,亦可小於0.5重量%。關於如此限制含甲基丙烯醯基單體之使用量一事,由實現平衡兼顧柔軟性或黏著性與高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看是有利的。構成丙烯酸系聚合物的單體成分亦可為不含含甲基丙烯醯基單體之組成(例如僅由含丙烯醯基單體構成之組成)。In several aspects, the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be a composition in which the usage amount of the methacrylate group-containing monomer is suppressed to below a predetermined level. The usage amount of the methacrylyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 5% by weight, less than 3% by weight, less than 1% by weight, or less than 0.5% by weight. It is advantageous to limit the amount of the methacryl group-containing monomer used in this way from the viewpoint of achieving an adhesive that balances softness or adhesiveness with a high refractive index. The monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may also be a composition that does not contain a methacrylate group-containing monomer (for example, a composition consisting only of an acryl group-containing monomer).

在數個態樣中,由抑制黏著劑之著色或變色(例如黃變)之觀點來看,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中含羧基單體之使用量業經限制。單體成分中之含羧基單體之使用量例如可小於1重量%,可小於0.5重量%,可小於0.3重量%,可小於0.1重量%,亦可小於0.05重量%。關於如此限制含羧基單體之使用量一事,由可抑制下述金屬材料腐蝕之觀點來看亦有利,所述金屬材料是可接觸此揭示之黏著劑的金屬材料、抑或可與在此揭示之黏著劑鄰近配置的金屬材料(例如可存在於被黏著體上之金屬配線或金屬膜等)。在此揭示之技術可在構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分不含含羧基單體之態樣下實施。 基於同樣理由,在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中具有酸性官能基(除羧基以外,還包含磺酸基、磷酸基等)之單體之使用量宜業經限制。所述態樣之單體成分中之含酸性官能基單體之使用量可應用上述含羧基單體之理想使用量。在此揭示之技術可在上述單體成分不含含酸性基單體之態樣(亦即丙烯酸系聚合物為無酸之態樣)下實施。 In several aspects, the amount of carboxyl group-containing monomers used in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer has been limited from the viewpoint of suppressing coloration or discoloration (such as yellowing) of the adhesive. The usage amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 1% by weight, less than 0.5% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, less than 0.1% by weight, or less than 0.05% by weight. Such limitation of the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer is also advantageous from the viewpoint of inhibiting corrosion of metal materials that can come into contact with the adhesive disclosed herein or that can interact with the adhesive disclosed herein. The adhesive is disposed adjacent to metal materials (such as metal wiring or metal films that may exist on the adherend). The technology disclosed here can be implemented in a state where the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer do not contain carboxyl group-containing monomers. For the same reason, in several aspects, the usage amount of monomers having acidic functional groups (including, in addition to carboxyl groups, sulfonic acid groups, phosphate groups, etc.) among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is preferably limited. The ideal usage amount of the acidic functional group-containing monomer in the monomer component of the above aspect can be applied to the ideal usage amount of the above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing monomer. The technology disclosed here can be implemented in a state where the monomer component does not contain an acidic group-containing monomer (that is, a state where the acrylic polymer is acid-free).

(玻璃轉移溫度) 構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分宜具有根據該單體成分之組成的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)大約成為15℃以下之組成。在數個態樣中,上述Tg宜為10℃以下,較宜為5℃以下,更宜為1℃以下,亦可為0℃以下。在其他數個態樣中,上述Tg可為-10℃以下,可為-20℃以下,可為-25℃以下,可為-30℃以下,亦可為-35℃以下。由提升黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,Tg低是有利的。又,上述Tg例如可為-60℃以上,而由容易進行黏著劑之高折射率化之觀點來看,宜為-50℃以上,較宜高於-45℃,亦可高於-40℃。在數個態樣中,上述Tg可高於-30℃,可高於-20℃,可高於-10℃,亦可為-5℃以上。兼顧有高折射率與柔軟性之黏著劑可藉由使用具有上述範圍之Tg之組成的丙烯酸系聚合物來適宜形成。 (glass transition temperature) The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer preferably has a composition such that the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the monomer component is approximately 15° C. or lower. In several aspects, the above-mentioned Tg is preferably 10°C or lower, more preferably 5°C or lower, more preferably 1°C or lower, and may also be 0°C or lower. In several other aspects, the above-mentioned Tg may be -10°C or lower, -20°C or lower, -25°C or lower, -30°C or lower, or -35°C or lower. From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive, a low Tg is advantageous. In addition, the above-mentioned Tg may be, for example, -60°C or higher. From the viewpoint of making it easy to increase the refractive index of the adhesive, it is preferably -50°C or higher, more preferably higher than -45°C, and may also be higher than -40°C. . In several aspects, the above-mentioned Tg can be higher than -30°C, higher than -20°C, higher than -10°C, or higher than -5°C. An adhesive having both high refractive index and flexibility can be suitably formed by using an acrylic polymer having a composition having a Tg in the above range.

在此,根據構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分之組成的Tg在未特別說明的情況下,意指根據上述單體成分之組成藉由Fox式求得之玻璃轉移溫度。Fox式如以下所示,係共聚物之Tg與構成該共聚物之單體各自均聚合後之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度Tgi的關係式。 1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi) 在上述Fox式中,Tg表示共聚物之玻璃轉移溫度(單位:K),Wi表示該共聚物中之單體i的重量分率(重量基準之共聚比率),Tgi表示單體i之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度(單位:K)。 關於使用於Tg之計算之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度,係使用「Polymer Handbook」(第3版,John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989年)等公知資料中記載之值。關於上述Polymer Handbook中記載之複數種值的單體,係採用最高之值。公知資料中未記載均聚物之Tg時,係使用藉由日本專利特開2007-51271號公報中記載之測定方法所得之值。 Here, Tg based on the composition of the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer means the glass transition temperature calculated from the Fox equation based on the composition of the monomer components, unless otherwise specified. The Fox formula is shown below and is a relational formula between the Tg of the copolymer and the glass transition temperature Tgi of the homopolymer after each of the monomers constituting the copolymer is homopolymerized. 1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi) In the above Fox formula, Tg represents the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K), Wi represents the weight fraction of monomer i in the copolymer (weight-based copolymerization ratio), and Tgi represents the homopolymerization of monomer i. The glass transition temperature of the object (unit: K). Regarding the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used in the calculation of Tg, the value described in publicly known materials such as "Polymer Handbook" (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) is used. Regarding the monomers with multiple values recorded in the above Polymer Handbook, the highest value is used. When the Tg of the homopolymer is not described in publicly known documents, the value obtained by the measurement method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-51271 is used.

(丙烯酸系聚合物之調製方法) 在此揭示之技術中,獲得藉由如所述之單體成分構成之丙烯酸系聚合物的方法無特別限定,可適當採用溶液聚合法、乳化聚合法、整體聚合法、懸浮聚合法、光聚合法等之作為丙烯酸系聚合物之合成手法而眾所周知的各種聚合方法。例如,可適宜採用溶液聚合法。進行溶液聚合時之聚合溫度可因應使用之單體及溶劑之種類、聚合引發劑之種類等適當選擇,例如可設為20℃~170℃左右(典型上為40℃~140℃左右)。 (Preparation method of acrylic polymer) In the technology disclosed here, the method for obtaining an acrylic polymer composed of the above-mentioned monomer components is not particularly limited, and solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, and photopolymerization can be appropriately used. Various polymerization methods that are well-known as synthesis methods for acrylic polymers, such as the method. For example, a solution polymerization method can be suitably used. The polymerization temperature during solution polymerization can be appropriately selected according to the types of monomers and solvents used, the type of polymerization initiator, etc., for example, it can be set to about 20°C to 170°C (typically about 40°C to 140°C).

溶液聚合所用溶劑(聚合溶劑)可從以往公知之有機溶劑適當選擇。例如,可使用選自下述中之任1種溶劑或2種以上之混合溶劑:甲苯等芳香族化合物類(典型上為芳香族烴類);乙酸乙酯等乙酸酯類;己烷或環己烷等脂肪族或脂環式烴類;1,2-二氯乙烷等鹵烷類;異丙醇等低級醇類(例如碳原子數1~4之一元醇類);三級丁基甲基醚等醚類;甲基乙基酮等酮類等。The solvent used for solution polymerization (polymerization solvent) can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, any one solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more types selected from the following can be used: aromatic compounds (typically aromatic hydrocarbons) such as toluene; acetate esters such as ethyl acetate; hexane or cyclohexane; Aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane; halogenated alkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropanol (for example, monovalent alcohols with 1 to 4 carbon atoms); tertiary butylmethyl Ethers such as ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, etc.

聚合所用之引發劑可因應聚合方法之種類從公知之聚合引發劑適當選擇。例如可適宜使用2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(AIBN)等偶氮系聚合引發劑之1種或2種以上。作為聚合引發劑之其他例可舉:過硫酸鉀等過硫酸鹽;苯甲醯基過氧化物、過氧化氫等過氧化物系引發劑;苯基取代乙烷等取代乙烷系引發劑;芳香族羰基化合物等。聚合引發劑之又其他例可舉過氧化物與還原劑組合而成之氧還系引發劑。聚合引發劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。聚合引發劑之使用量若為通常之使用量即可,例如可相對於單體成分100重量份自大約0.005~1重量份左右(典型上為大約0.01~1重量份左右)之範圍內選擇。The initiator used for polymerization can be appropriately selected from known polymerization initiators according to the type of polymerization method. For example, one or more types of azo polymerization initiators such as 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) can be suitably used. Other examples of polymerization initiators include persulfates such as potassium persulfate; peroxide initiators such as benzyl peroxide and hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; Aromatic carbonyl compounds, etc. Another example of the polymerization initiator is an oxygen reduction initiator composed of a combination of a peroxide and a reducing agent. A polymerization initiator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The usage amount of the polymerization initiator may be a normal usage amount. For example, it can be selected from the range of about 0.005 to 1 part by weight (typically about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.

上述聚合中可視需要使用以往公知之各種鏈轉移劑。例如可使用正十二基硫醇、三級十二基硫醇、氫硫乙酸、α-硫甘油等硫醇類。或者,亦可使用不含硫原子之鏈轉移劑(非硫系鏈轉移劑)。非硫系鏈轉移劑之例可舉N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二乙基苯胺等苯胺類;α-蒎烯、萜品油烯等類萜類;α-甲基苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物等之苯乙烯類等。鏈轉移劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。使用鏈轉移劑時之使用量相對於單體成分100重量份,例如可設為大約0.01~1重量份左右。In the above-mentioned polymerization, various conventionally known chain transfer agents may be used as necessary. For example, thiols such as n-dodecylmercaptan, tertiary dodecylmercaptan, hydrogen sulfoacetic acid, and α-thioglycerol can be used. Alternatively, a chain transfer agent containing no sulfur atoms (non-sulfur chain transfer agent) may also be used. Examples of non-sulfur chain transfer agents include anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as α-pinene and terpinolene; α-methylbenzene Styrenes such as ethylene, α-methylstyrene dimer, etc. A chain transfer agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. When a chain transfer agent is used, the usage amount can be, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.

上述丙烯酸系聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)無特別限定,例如為大約30×10 4以上,為大約50×10 4以上是適當的,可為大約70×10 4以上,亦可為大約80×10 4以上。藉由使用Mw為預定值以上之丙烯酸系聚合物,可容易獲得可發揮所期望之黏著特性的適度凝集力。又,可含有更多塑化劑等添加劑,而有容易實現所期望之柔軟性的傾向。又,丙烯酸系聚合物之Mw的上限例如為大約500×10 4以下,而由黏著性能之觀點來看,宜在大約400×10 4以下(較宜在大約150×10 4以下,例如大約130×10 4以下)之範圍內。在數個態樣中,上述Mw可小於100×10 4,可為80×10 4以下,亦可為60×10 4以下。在此揭示之技術所帶來之效果可適宜在使用具有上述範圍之Mw的丙烯酸系聚合物之態樣中實現。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited. For example, it is about 30×10 4 or more, and about 50×10 4 or more is suitable. It may be about 70×10 4 or more, or it may be about 80. ×10 4 or more. By using an acrylic polymer whose Mw is equal to or higher than a predetermined value, it is possible to easily obtain appropriate cohesive force that exhibits desired adhesive properties. In addition, more additives such as plasticizers can be contained, which tends to make it easier to achieve desired softness. In addition, the upper limit of Mw of the acrylic polymer is, for example, about 500×10 4 or less. From the viewpoint of adhesive performance, it is preferably about 400×10 4 or less (more preferably about 150×10 4 or less, for example, about 130 ×10 4 or less). In several aspects, the above-mentioned Mw may be less than 100×10 4 , may be 80×10 4 or less, or may be 60×10 4 or less. The effects brought about by the technology disclosed here can be suitably achieved by using an acrylic polymer having an Mw in the above range.

在此,丙烯酸系聚合物之Mw可藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)換算成聚苯乙烯而求得。具體上,可使用商品名「HLC-8220GPC」(東曹(Tosoh)公司製)作為GPC測定裝置,以下述條件測定來求得。 [GPC之測定條件] 試樣濃度:0.2重量%(四氫呋喃溶液) 試樣注入量:10µL 溶析液:四氫呋喃(THF) 流量(流速):0.6mL/分鐘 管柱溫度(測定溫度):40℃ 管柱: 試樣管柱:商品名「TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H」1支+商品名「TSKgel SuperHZM-H」2支」(東曹(Tosoh)公司製) 參考管柱:商品名「TSKgel SuperH-RC」1支(東曹(Tosoh)公司製) 檢測器:示差折射計(RI) 標準試料:聚苯乙烯 Here, the Mw of the acrylic polymer can be obtained by converting it into polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Specifically, it can be obtained by using the trade name "HLC-8220GPC" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) as a GPC measurement device and measuring under the following conditions. [GPC measurement conditions] Sample concentration: 0.2% by weight (tetrahydrofuran solution) Sample injection volume: 10µL Eluate: Tetrahydrofuran (THF) Flow (flow rate): 0.6mL/minute Column temperature (measurement temperature): 40℃ Pipe string: Sample column: 1 piece with the brand name "TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H" + 2 pieces with the brand name "TSKgel SuperHZM-H" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) Reference column: 1 brand name "TSKgel SuperH-RC" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) Detector: Differential Refractometer (RI) Standard sample: polystyrene

(塑化劑) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物之特徵在於除丙烯酸系聚合物外還含有塑化劑。藉由使用塑化劑,可提升黏著劑之柔軟性。又,在形成成黏著劑之狀態下,可提升對變形之順應性。在此揭示之塑化劑可使用具有2個以上含雙鍵之環的環狀不飽和有機化合物。上述塑化劑換言之係於1分子中具有2個以上含雙鍵之環的化合物。因此,上述塑化劑至少具有第1含雙鍵之環與第2含雙鍵之環。藉由具有2個以上含雙鍵之環,可無損黏著劑之折射率、或維持折射率的同時還可提升黏著劑之柔軟性。又,藉由使用具有2個以上含雙鍵之環(例如芳香環)之塑化劑,可提高與具有芳香環之丙烯酸系聚合物的相互作用、親和性,而可有助於提升黏著特性之穩定性。由所述觀點來看,在數個態樣中,上述塑化劑具有之含雙鍵之環之數量宜為3以上,較宜為4以上,更宜為5以上,亦可為6以上。又,由發揮塑化效果之觀點來看,上述塑化劑具有之含雙鍵之環之數量例如為10以下是適當的,亦可為8以下。在其他數個態樣中,上述塑化劑具有之含雙鍵之環之數量宜為6以下,可為4以下,亦可為3以下。塑化劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 (Plasticizer) The adhesive composition disclosed here is characterized by containing a plasticizer in addition to the acrylic polymer. By using plasticizers, the flexibility of the adhesive can be improved. In addition, in the state of forming an adhesive, the compliance with deformation can be improved. The plasticizer disclosed here may use a cyclic unsaturated organic compound having two or more rings containing double bonds. In other words, the above-mentioned plasticizer is a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings in one molecule. Therefore, the above-mentioned plasticizer has at least a first double bond-containing ring and a second double bond-containing ring. By having more than two rings containing double bonds, the refractive index of the adhesive can be maintained without damaging it, or the flexibility of the adhesive can be improved while maintaining the refractive index. In addition, by using a plasticizer with two or more double bond-containing rings (such as aromatic rings), the interaction and affinity with acrylic polymers having aromatic rings can be improved, which can help improve the adhesive properties. its stability. From this viewpoint, in several aspects, the number of double bond-containing rings that the plasticizer has is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and may also be 6 or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of exerting the plasticizing effect, the number of double bond-containing rings that the plasticizer has is preferably 10 or less, for example, and may be 8 or less. In several other aspects, the number of double bond-containing rings of the above-mentioned plasticizer is preferably 6 or less, may be 4 or less, or may be 3 or less. A plasticizer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

又,在此揭示之技術中使用之塑化劑可使用在130℃下轉移成氣相之轉移量(130℃汽化量)以重量基準計為10%以下(具體上為0~10重量%)之塑化劑。藉由使用滿足該特性之塑化劑,含該塑化劑之黏著劑對於溫度變化或濕度變化,其特性因塑化劑而造成的變化可被抑制。例如,即使是在暴露於高溫或高濕度之環境下使用時或長期使用時,仍可成為發揮穩定特性的黏著劑。塑化劑之130℃汽化量宜小於10重量%,較宜小於5重量%,更宜小於3重量%,尤宜小於1重量%(具體而言小於1.0重量%,例如小於0.9重量%、小於0.8重量%、小於0.7重量%、小於0.6重量%、小於0.5重量%,小於0.4重量%、小於0.3重量%、小於0.2重量%、小於0.1重量%)。塑化劑在130℃下轉移成氣相之轉移量可從將塑化劑在130℃下保持1小時前後之重量變化求得。更具體而言,可以後述實施例中記載之方法來測定。In addition, the plasticizer used in the technology disclosed here can be used so that the amount of transfer into the gas phase at 130°C (130°C vaporization amount) is 10% or less on a weight basis (specifically, 0 to 10% by weight). of plasticizer. By using a plasticizer that satisfies these characteristics, changes in the characteristics of the adhesive containing the plasticizer caused by the plasticizer can be suppressed with respect to changes in temperature or humidity. For example, it can become an adhesive that exhibits stable properties even when used in environments exposed to high temperatures or high humidity or used for a long period of time. The vaporization amount of the plasticizer at 130°C is preferably less than 10% by weight, preferably less than 5% by weight, more preferably less than 3% by weight, especially less than 1% by weight (specifically less than 1.0% by weight, such as less than 0.9% by weight, less than 0.8% by weight, less than 0.7% by weight, less than 0.6% by weight, less than 0.5% by weight, less than 0.4% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, less than 0.2% by weight, less than 0.1% by weight). The transfer amount of the plasticizer into the gas phase at 130°C can be obtained from the weight change before and after keeping the plasticizer at 130°C for 1 hour. More specifically, it can be measured by the method described in the Examples mentioned later.

又,塑化劑宜為在30℃下為液態之化合物。此外,在本說明書中,「液態」意指流動性,以物質之狀態來說係指液體。該化合物包含熔點在30℃以下之化合物。上述塑化劑在30℃下為液態,藉此可適宜發揮塑化效果,而可有效提升黏著劑之柔軟性。上述塑化劑宜為在25℃下為液態之化合物,較宜為在20℃下為液態之化合物。藉由使用具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在30℃下為液態之化合物作為上述塑化劑,可適宜形成兼顧高折射率與柔軟性之黏著劑。In addition, the plasticizer is preferably a compound that is liquid at 30°C. In addition, in this specification, "liquid state" means fluidity, and means liquid in the state of matter. The compound includes compounds with a melting point below 30°C. The above-mentioned plasticizer is liquid at 30°C, so it can properly exert its plasticizing effect and effectively improve the flexibility of the adhesive. The above-mentioned plasticizer is preferably a compound that is liquid at 25°C, more preferably a compound that is liquid at 20°C. By using a compound that has two or more double bond-containing rings and is liquid at 30° C. as the plasticizer, an adhesive having both high refractive index and flexibility can be suitably formed.

在數個理想態樣中,塑化劑之分子量為350以上。分子量大的塑化劑不易汽化,故藉由將分子量350以上的塑化劑利用於黏著劑中,可容易獲得可發揮穩定特性的黏著劑。又,分子量大的塑化劑不易在黏著劑內移動。因此,例如不易發生塑化劑移動至黏著劑表面等而影響黏著特性之現象。上述塑化劑之分子量較宜為400以上,更宜為450以上,尤宜為500以上,亦可為530以上。上述塑化劑之分子量的上限無特別限定,由容易展現塑化效果之觀點來看,為30000以下是適當的,為25000以下是有利的,可小於10000(例如小於5000),亦可小於3000。在數個態樣中,塑化劑之分子量宜為2000以下,較宜為1200以下,更宜為900以下,亦可為600以下。由提升在黏著劑層內之相溶性等觀點來看,塑化劑之分子量不過大是有利的。 此外,塑化劑之分子量可使用根據化學結構算出之分子量。當有從製造商等提供了分子量的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。 In several ideal forms, the molecular weight of the plasticizer is above 350. Plasticizers with a large molecular weight are difficult to vaporize, so by using a plasticizer with a molecular weight of 350 or more in an adhesive, an adhesive that exhibits stable characteristics can be easily obtained. In addition, plasticizers with large molecular weight are difficult to move within the adhesive. Therefore, it is less likely for the plasticizer to move to the surface of the adhesive and affect the adhesive properties. The molecular weight of the above-mentioned plasticizer is preferably above 400, more preferably above 450, especially above 500, and may also be above 530. The upper limit of the molecular weight of the above-mentioned plasticizer is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of easily exhibiting the plasticizing effect, it is suitable to be 30,000 or less, and 25,000 or less is advantageous. It can be less than 10,000 (for example, less than 5,000) or less than 3,000. . In several aspects, the molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably below 2000, more preferably below 1200, more preferably below 900, and may also be below 600. From the viewpoint of improving the compatibility in the adhesive layer, it is advantageous that the molecular weight of the plasticizer is not too large. In addition, the molecular weight of the plasticizer can be calculated based on its chemical structure. When a nominal value of molecular weight is provided from the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be used.

在此揭示之塑化劑具有之含雙鍵之環可為含共軛雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環),亦可為含非共軛雙鍵之環中之任一者。上述塑化劑可為具有選自芳香環及雜環(heterocycle)中之至少1種環作為含雙鍵之環者。此外,上述雜環可為具有包含於芳香環之結構者,亦可為具有與芳香環不同之含雙鍵之雜環結構者。塑化劑可具有之含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環)可為苯環(可為構成聯苯結構或茀結構之一部分的苯環);萘環、茚環、薁環、蒽環、菲環之縮合環等之碳環;亦可為吡啶環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、吡𠯤環、三𠯤環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、異㗁唑環、噻唑環、噻吩環等之雜環。上述雜環中作為環構成原子所含之雜原子例如可為選自於由氮、硫及氧所構成群組中之1或2種以上。在數個態樣中,上述構成雜環之雜原子可為氮及硫之一者或兩者。塑化劑亦可具有例如如二萘并噻吩結構般1或2個以上碳環與1或2個以上雜環已進行縮合之結構。The double bond-containing ring of the plasticizer disclosed here may be either a conjugated double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) or a non-conjugated double bond-containing ring. The plasticizer may have at least one type of ring selected from aromatic rings and heterocycles as a double bond-containing ring. In addition, the above-mentioned heterocyclic ring may have a structure included in an aromatic ring, or may have a double-bond-containing heterocyclic ring structure different from the aromatic ring. The double bond-containing ring that the plasticizer can have (typically an aromatic ring) can be a benzene ring (which can be a benzene ring that forms part of the biphenyl structure or the fluorine structure); naphthalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, anthracene ring , a carbon ring such as a condensed ring of a phenanthrene ring; it can also be a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridine ring, a trisulfonate ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, an ethyl azole ring, Heterocycles such as isoethazole ring, thiazole ring, thiophene ring, etc. The heteroatoms contained as ring constituent atoms in the heterocyclic ring may be, for example, one or two or more types selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, and oxygen. In several aspects, the heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic ring may be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur. The plasticizer may have a structure in which one or two or more carbocyclic rings and one or two or more heterocyclic rings are condensed, such as a dinaphthothiophene structure.

上述含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環,宜為碳環)可於環構成原子上具有1或2個以上取代基,亦可不具有取代基。具有取代基時,該取代基可例示烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧丙氧基等,惟不受該等所限。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含之碳原子之數量宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,且例如可為1或2。在數個態樣中,上述含雙鍵之環可為於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環,或可為於環構成原子上具有選自於由烷基、烷氧基、乙烯性不飽和基(例如(甲基)丙烯醯氧基)、羥基及羥烷基所構成群組中之1或2個以上取代基之芳香環。取代基可適宜使用烷基、烷氧基、羥烷基。The above-mentioned double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring, preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have 1 or more substituents on the atoms constituting the ring, or may have no substituents. When there is a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, and a propylene oxide group. Oxygen groups, etc., but are not limited by these. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example. In several aspects, the above-mentioned double bond-containing ring may be an aromatic ring without substituents on the ring constituent atoms, or may be an aromatic ring with no substituents on the ring constituent atoms selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, and vinyl groups. An aromatic ring with one or more substituents in the group consisting of unsaturated groups (such as (meth)acryloxy groups), hydroxyl groups and hydroxyalkyl groups. As the substituent, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a hydroxyalkyl group can be suitably used.

在數個態樣中,可適宜採用不具乙烯性不飽和基之化合物作為塑化劑。藉此,可抑制黏著劑組成物因熱或光而變質(凝膠化之進行或黏度上升造成調平性降低),提高保存穩定性。採用不具乙烯性不飽和基之塑化劑一事,由在具有含該塑化劑之黏著劑層的黏著片中,抑制因乙烯性不飽和基之反應而造成彈性模數之變化、尺寸變化或變形(翹曲、起伏等)、光學應變之發生等之觀點來看亦佳。In several aspects, it may be appropriate to use compounds without ethylenically unsaturated groups as plasticizers. This can prevent the adhesive composition from deteriorating due to heat or light (the progression of gelation or the decrease in leveling properties caused by an increase in viscosity), thereby improving storage stability. The use of plasticizers that do not have ethylenically unsaturated groups suppresses changes in elastic modulus, dimensional changes, or It is also good from the viewpoint of deformation (warping, undulation, etc.), occurrence of optical strain, etc.

塑化劑可適宜使用折射率大約為1.50以上之高折射率塑化劑。藉由使用高折射率塑化劑,可以更高水準兼顧高折射率與提升柔軟性。由提升柔軟性的同時還維持、提升黏著劑之折射率之觀點來看,塑化劑之折射率宜為大約1.51以上,較宜為大約1.53以上,更宜為大約1.55以上,尤宜為大約1.56以上,可為大約1.58以上,可為大約1.60以上,亦可為大約1.62以上。在數個態樣中,由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性或在黏著劑內之相溶性等觀點來看,塑化劑之折射率為2.50以下是適當的,為2.00以下是有利的,可為1.90以下,可為1.80以下,亦可為1.70以下。 此外,塑化劑之折射率係與單體之折射率同樣地,使用阿貝折射率計在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。當有從製造商等提供了在25℃下之折射率的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。 As the plasticizer, a high refractive index plasticizer having a refractive index of about 1.50 or more can be suitably used. By using high refractive index plasticizers, high refractive index and improved softness can be achieved at a higher level. From the viewpoint of improving flexibility while maintaining and increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, the refractive index of the plasticizer is preferably about 1.51 or more, more preferably about 1.53 or more, more preferably about 1.55 or more, especially about It can be above 1.56, it can be above about 1.58, it can be above about 1.60, it can be above about 1.62. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of the ease of preparation of the adhesive composition or the compatibility in the adhesive, the refractive index of the plasticizer is 2.50 or less, and it is advantageous to have a refractive index of 2.00 or less. It can be below 1.90, it can be below 1.80, it can also be below 1.70. In addition, the refractive index of the plasticizer was measured using an Abbe refractometer under the conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C, in the same manner as the refractive index of the monomer. When a nominal value of the refractive index at 25°C is provided from the manufacturer, etc., the nominal value can be used.

在數個態樣中,塑化劑可使用具有2個以上非縮合含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環)隔著連結基鍵結之結構的化合物。上述連結基可為例如:氧基(-O-)、硫代氧基(-S-)、氧伸烷基(例如-O-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~3,宜為1)、硫代氧伸烷基(例如-S-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~3,宜為1)、直鏈伸烷基(亦即-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~6,宜為1~3)、上述氧伸烷基、上述硫代氧伸烷基及上述直鏈伸烷基中之伸烷基已部分鹵化或完全鹵化之基團等。上述連結基亦可為具有矽氧烷鍵(-SiOR-)或酯鍵者。塑化劑中,連結第1含雙鍵之環(非縮合環)與第2含雙鍵之環(非縮合環)之連結基亦可從與上述同種類者選擇。由提升黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,上述連結基之適宜例可舉氧伸烷基。該態樣中,上述連結基之原子數例如為10以上,宜為15以上,較宜為20以上,更宜為22以上(例如25以上或30以上)。並且,上述連結基之原子數的上限例如為50以下,理想上為40以下是適當的,亦可為35以下。在使用具有氧伸烷基作為上述連結基之塑化劑之態樣中,適宜應用上述連結基之原子數。在其他數個態樣中,上述連結基之適宜例可舉矽氧烷鍵。在該態樣中,上述連結基之原子數無特別限定,例如為1~30,宜為1~12,較宜為1~5,亦可為1或2。此外,連結基之原子數係指從一非縮合含雙鍵之環到達另一非縮合含雙鍵之環所需的最小原子之數量。例如,連結基為氧伸乙基(即-(C 2H 4O) n-基)時,構成氧伸乙基之碳原子數2與氧原子數1之和3與n之積(3n)便成為連結基之原子數。 In several aspects, the plasticizer may use a compound having a structure in which two or more non-condensed double bond-containing rings (typically aromatic rings) are bonded via a linking group. The above-mentioned linking group can be, for example: oxygen group (-O-), thiooxy group (-S-), oxyalkylene group (such as -O-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, Preferably, it is 1), thiooxyalkylene group (for example, -S-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), straight-chain alkylene group (that is, -(CH 2 ) n - group, here n is 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3), the alkylene group in the above-mentioned oxyalkylene group, the above-mentioned thiooxyalkylene group and the above-mentioned linear alkylene group has been partially halogenated or completely halogenated groups, etc. The above-mentioned connecting group may have a siloxane bond (-SiOR-) or an ester bond. In the plasticizer, the linking group connecting the first double bond-containing ring (non-condensed ring) and the second double bond-containing ring (non-condensed ring) may be selected from the same type as above. From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive, in several aspects, suitable examples of the above-mentioned linking groups include oxyalkylene groups. In this aspect, the number of atoms of the connecting group is, for example, 10 or more, preferably 15 or more, more preferably 20 or more, more preferably 22 or more (for example, 25 or more or 30 or more). Furthermore, the upper limit of the number of atoms of the connecting group is, for example, 50 or less, ideally 40 or less is appropriate, and may be 35 or less. In the aspect of using a plasticizer having an oxyalkylene group as the linking group, the number of atoms of the linking group is suitably used. In several other aspects, suitable examples of the above-mentioned linking groups include siloxane bonds. In this aspect, the number of atoms of the above-mentioned linking group is not particularly limited. For example, it is 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 5, and may also be 1 or 2. In addition, the number of atoms of the linking group refers to the minimum number of atoms required from one non-condensed ring containing double bonds to another non-condensed ring containing double bonds. For example, when the linking group is an oxyethylene group (i.e. -(C 2 H 4 O) n -group), the product of the sum of the carbon number 2 and the oxygen atom number 1 that constitute the oxyethylene group 3 and n (3n) It becomes the number of atoms connecting the base.

在數個態樣中,塑化劑可使用1分子中具有2個以上含雙鍵之環的乙二醇系化合物。上述乙二醇系化合物具有之氧伸乙基單元(即-(C 2H 4O)-單元)之數量例如為1以上,2以上是適當的,宜為3以上,較宜為4以上(例如5以上)。又,上述氧伸乙基單元之數量的上限例如為10以下,可為8以下,亦可為6以下。上述乙二醇系化合物可為具有下述結構之化合物:2個以上非縮合含雙鍵之環隔著作為連結基之上述氧伸乙基單元鍵結。該化合物可為具有1或2個以上酯基者。上述乙二醇系化合物可舉具有2個以上苯甲酸隔著酯鍵與三乙二醇或聚乙二醇連結之結構的化合物。 In some aspects, an ethylene glycol compound having two or more double bond-containing rings per molecule can be used as the plasticizer. The number of oxyethylene units (i.e. -(C 2 H 4 O)- units) possessed by the above-mentioned ethylene glycol compound is, for example, 1 or more, and 2 or more is appropriate, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more ( For example, 5 or more). Moreover, the upper limit of the number of the said oxyethylene units is, for example, 10 or less, 8 or less, or 6 or less. The above-mentioned ethylene glycol compound may be a compound having the following structure: two or more non-condensed double bond-containing ring spacers are bonded with the above-mentioned oxyethyl unit as a linking group. The compound may have one or more ester groups. Examples of the ethylene glycol-based compound include compounds having a structure in which two or more benzoic acids are connected to triethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol via an ester bond.

在使用1分子中具有2個以上含雙鍵之環的乙二醇系化合物作為塑化劑之態樣中,上述乙二醇系化合物之使用量無特別限定,係設定成可實現在此揭示之黏著劑特性及效果。由提升黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,上述乙二醇系化合物相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量例如可為1重量份以上,亦可為10重量份以上。在數個態樣中,上述乙二醇系化合物相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量可大於10重量份,可大於15重量份,可為20重量份以上,亦可為30重量份以上。在數個理想態樣中,上述乙二醇系化合物相對於基底聚合物100重量份之使用量大於30重量份,較宜為35重量份以上,更宜為40重量份以上,尤宜為45重量份以上,更尤宜為50重量份以上,可為55重量份以上,亦可為60重量份以上。又,由平衡兼顧黏著劑之高折射率化與柔軟性之觀點來看,上述乙二醇系化合物相對於基底聚合物100重量份之使用量設為大約200重量份以下是適當的,宜設為150重量份以下,較宜設為120重量份以下,可為100重量份以下,可為80重量份以下,亦可為70重量份以下。In the aspect of using an ethylene glycol-based compound having two or more double-bond-containing rings per molecule as a plasticizer, the usage amount of the above-mentioned ethylene glycol-based compound is not particularly limited, and is set to achieve the results disclosed herein. Characteristics and effects of adhesives. From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive, the usage amount of the above-mentioned ethylene glycol compound relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, or may be 10 parts by weight or more. In several aspects, the usage amount of the above-mentioned ethylene glycol compound can be greater than 10 parts by weight, greater than 15 parts by weight, more than 20 parts by weight, or 30 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. above. In several ideal aspects, the usage amount of the above-mentioned ethylene glycol compound is greater than 30 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer, preferably 35 parts by weight or more, more preferably 40 parts by weight or more, especially 45 parts by weight. It may be more than 50 parts by weight, more preferably more than 50 parts by weight, it may be more than 55 parts by weight, and it may be more than 60 parts by weight. In addition, from the viewpoint of balancing the high refractive index and flexibility of the adhesive, it is appropriate to set the usage amount of the above-mentioned ethylene glycol compound to approximately 200 parts by weight or less relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. It may be 150 parts by weight or less, preferably 120 parts by weight or less, it may be 100 parts by weight or less, it may be 80 parts by weight or less, or it may be 70 parts by weight or less.

在數個態樣中,可使用聚矽氧系塑化劑作為塑化劑。藉由使用聚矽氧系塑化劑,可容易獲得穩定的塑化效果,且容易獲得高接著力,因此可平衡提升黏著劑之折射率、柔軟性及接著力。聚矽氧系塑化劑可無特別限制地使用具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在130℃下轉移成氣相之轉移量為10%以下的化合物。又,聚矽氧系塑化劑宜為在30℃下為液態之化合物。聚矽氧系塑化劑具體上為矽氧烷化合物,該化合物具有之Si原子數為1以上(典型上為2以上),其上限無特別限定,例如可為10以下左右。聚矽氧系塑化劑1分子中,Si原子與含雙鍵之環可直接鍵結,亦可不直接鍵結。上述Si原子中之至少1者宜與至少1個含雙鍵之環直接鍵結。聚矽氧系塑化劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。In several aspects, polysiloxane-based plasticizers can be used as the plasticizer. By using polysiloxane plasticizers, it is easy to obtain a stable plasticizing effect and high adhesion. Therefore, the refractive index, softness and adhesion of the adhesive can be improved in a balanced manner. The polysiloxane plasticizer may be a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings and a transfer amount of 10% or less to the gas phase at 130° C., without particular limitation. In addition, the polysiloxane plasticizer is preferably a compound that is liquid at 30°C. The polysiloxane plasticizer is specifically a siloxane compound, and the number of Si atoms in the compound is 1 or more (typically 2 or more). The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be about 10 or less, for example. In one molecule of polysiloxane plasticizer, the Si atom and the ring containing a double bond may or may not be directly bonded. At least one of the above-mentioned Si atoms is preferably directly bonded to at least one ring containing a double bond. A polysilicone plasticizer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

在數個態樣中,聚矽氧系塑化劑可使用下述者:由Si原子數為2以上且5以下之矽氧烷化合物構成,且上述Si原子中之至少1個於該Si原子上鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環。由具有所述結構之矽氧烷化合物所構成之聚矽氧系塑化劑,可發揮基於矽氧烷結構之柔軟性而來的塑化效果,同時因為該聚矽氧系塑化劑具有Si原子數為2以上且5以下並且具有至少1個鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環的Si原子,因此,可平衡實現對塑化對象材料之摻混容易性或相溶性與上述塑化效果之穩定性(例如,對於保存在濕熱下,彈性模數的上升率是低的)。由化學穩定性之觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物宜不具有與Si原子鍵結之氫原子。即,宜為不具Si-H鍵之矽氧烷化合物。In some aspects, the polysiloxane plasticizer may be composed of a siloxane compound with a Si atom number of 2 to 5, and at least one of the Si atoms is present in the Si atom. The upper bond has more than 2 rings containing double bonds. The polysiloxane plasticizer composed of the siloxane compound having the above structure can exert a plasticizing effect based on the flexibility of the siloxane structure. At the same time, because the polysiloxane plasticizer has Si The number of atoms is 2 or more and 5 or less and it has at least one Si atom bonded to two or more rings containing double bonds. Therefore, it is possible to balance the ease of blending or compatibility with the material to be plasticized and the above-mentioned plasticization. Stability of effect (for example, for storage under moist heat, the rate of increase in elastic modulus is low). From the viewpoint of chemical stability, the above-mentioned siloxane compound preferably does not have hydrogen atoms bonded to Si atoms. That is, a siloxane compound having no Si-H bond is preferred.

上述矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數為3以上時,上述矽氧烷化合物可為鏈狀亦可為環狀,而由抑制揮發之觀點來看,宜為鏈狀矽氧烷化合物。上述Si原子數3以上之鏈狀矽氧烷化合物可為直鏈狀亦可具有支鏈,而由獲得更高塑化效果之觀點來看,宜為直鏈狀。以下在未特別說明之情況下,Si原子數3以上之矽氧烷化合物係指Si原子數3以上之鏈狀(典型上為直鏈狀)矽氧烷化合物。When the number of Si atoms in the siloxane compound is 3 or more, the siloxane compound may be chain-shaped or cyclic. However, from the viewpoint of suppressing volatilization, a chain-shaped siloxane compound is preferred. The chain siloxane compound having Si atoms of 3 or more may be linear or branched, but is preferably linear from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher plasticizing effect. Hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, a siloxane compound having 3 or more Si atoms refers to a chain (typically linear) siloxane compound having 3 or more Si atoms.

上述聚矽氧系塑化劑具有之各含雙鍵之環可分別獨立為含共軛雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環),亦可為含非共軛雙鍵之環。上述塑化劑可為具有選自芳香環及雜環(heterocycle)中之至少1種環作為含雙鍵之環者。此外,上述雜環可為具有包含於芳香環之結構者,亦可為具有與芳香環不同之含雙鍵之雜環結構者。塑化劑可具有之含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環)可為苯環或萘環等之碳環;亦可為吡啶環、咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、噻吩環等之雜環。上述雜環中作為環構成原子所含之雜原子例如可為選自於由氮、硫及氧所構成群組中之1或2種以上。在數個態樣中,上述構成雜環之雜原子可為氮及硫之一者或兩者。Each of the double bond-containing rings of the polysiloxane plasticizer may be independently a conjugated double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring), or may be a non-conjugated double bond-containing ring. The plasticizer may have at least one type of ring selected from aromatic rings and heterocycles as a double bond-containing ring. In addition, the above-mentioned heterocyclic ring may have a structure included in an aromatic ring, or may have a double-bond-containing heterocyclic ring structure different from the aromatic ring. The double bond-containing ring that the plasticizer may have (typically an aromatic ring) can be a carbon ring such as a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; it can also be a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, an ethazole ring, a thiazole ring, Heterocyclic rings such as thiophene ring. The heteroatoms contained as ring constituent atoms in the heterocyclic ring may be, for example, one or two or more types selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, and oxygen. In several aspects, the heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic ring may be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur.

上述含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環,宜為碳環)可於環構成原子上具有1或2個以上取代基,亦可不具有取代基。具有取代基時,該取代基可例示烷基、烷氧基、羥基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧丙氧基等,惟不受該等所限。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含之碳原子之數量宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,且例如可為1或2。在數個態樣中,聚矽氧系塑化劑具有之各含雙鍵之環分別獨立選自於由於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環及具有取代基之芳香環所構成群組,該具有取代基之芳香環的取代基係選自於由烷基、烷氧基、羥基及羥烷基所構成群組(宜為烷基及烷氧基所構成群組)中之1或2個以上。例如,聚矽氧系塑化劑具有之各含雙鍵之環分別獨立選自於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環(宜為碳環)。在數個理想態樣中,聚矽氧系塑化劑具有之各含雙鍵之環皆為苯環。The above-mentioned double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring, preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have 1 or more substituents on the atoms constituting the ring, or may have no substituents. When having a substituent, examples of the substituent include alkyl group, alkoxy group, hydroxyl group, halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), hydroxyalkyl group, hydroxyalkyloxy group, glycidoxy group, etc., However, it is not subject to such restrictions. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and may be 1 or 2, for example. In several aspects, each of the double bond-containing rings of the polysiloxane plasticizer is independently selected from the group consisting of aromatic rings that do not have substituents on the ring constituting atoms and aromatic rings that have substituents. , the substituent of the substituent aromatic ring is selected from 1 of the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyl and hydroxyalkyl (preferably the group consisting of alkyl and alkoxy) or 2 or more. For example, the double bond-containing rings of the polysiloxane plasticizer are independently selected from aromatic rings (preferably carbocyclic rings) without substituents on the atoms constituting the ring. In several ideal forms, each ring containing double bonds in the polysiloxane plasticizer is a benzene ring.

由塑化效果之易發揮度及其穩定性(例如,抑制彈性模數上升,此彈性模數上升乃起因於塑化劑從摻混有該塑化劑之材料揮發散逸)之觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數宜為3以上。又,由在黏著劑內之相溶性等觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數宜為4以下,較宜為3以下。其中,又宜為上述矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數為3的聚矽氧系塑化劑、即由三矽氧烷化合物構成的聚矽氧系塑化劑。From the perspective of the ease of exerting the plasticizing effect and its stability (for example, suppressing the increase in elastic modulus caused by the volatilization and dissipation of the plasticizer from the material mixed with the plasticizer), The number of Si atoms in the above-mentioned siloxane compound is preferably 3 or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of compatibility in the adhesive, etc., the number of Si atoms in the siloxane compound is preferably 4 or less, more preferably 3 or less. Among them, a polysiloxane-based plasticizer in which the number of Si atoms in the above-mentioned siloxane compound is 3, that is, a polysiloxane-based plasticizer composed of a trisiloxane compound is also preferred.

上述矽氧烷化合物具有之含雙鍵之環(例如具有取代基或不具有取代基之苯環)之數量至少為2,而由塑化效果之耐熱性(例如,對於保存在濕熱下,彈性模數的上升率是低的)之觀點來看,宜為3以上,較宜為4以上,亦可為5以上。又,令該矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數為n時,上述矽氧烷化合物具有之含雙鍵之環之數量典型上為2n+2以下,而由提高塑化效果之觀點來看,為2n+1以下是適當的,宜為2n以下,可為2n-1以下,亦可為2n-2以下。例如,在上述矽氧烷化合物為三矽氧烷化合物之態樣中,該三矽氧烷化合物具有之含雙鍵之環之數量典型上為8個以下,例如可為2個以上且7個以下,可為3個以上且7個以下,亦可為4個以上且7個以下。其中,又宜為含雙鍵之環(例如無取代之苯環)之數量為4以上且6以下(例如4或5)的三矽氧烷化合物。The number of double bond-containing rings (such as benzene rings with or without substituents) of the above-mentioned siloxane compound is at least 2, and the heat resistance due to the plasticizing effect (for example, for storage under moist heat, elasticity From the viewpoint of low module increase rate), it is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more, and it may be 5 or more. Furthermore, when the number of Si atoms of the siloxane compound is n, the number of double bond-containing rings that the siloxane compound has is typically 2n+2 or less. From the viewpoint of improving the plasticizing effect, it is 2n+1 or less is appropriate, preferably 2n or less, 2n-1 or less, or 2n-2 or less. For example, in the aspect where the above-mentioned siloxane compound is a trisiloxane compound, the number of double bond-containing rings that the trisiloxane compound has is typically 8 or less, and may be, for example, 2 or more and 7. Below, the number may be 3 or more and 7 or less, or the number may be 4 or more and 7 or less. Among them, a trisiloxane compound in which the number of double bond-containing rings (for example, unsubstituted benzene rings) is 4 or more and 6 or less (for example, 4 or 5) is preferred.

在數個態樣中,上述矽氧烷化合物中所含之Si原子(典型上為構成矽氧烷鏈之Si原子)中之至少1個為鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環的Si原子。由提升塑化效果之穩定性之觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物中鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環的Si原子之數量亦可為2個以上。在Si原子數3以上之矽氧烷化合物中,鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環的Si原子之數量可為2以上,亦可為3以上,又,令上述矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數為n時,可為n以下,可為n-1以下,亦可為n-2以下。在數個態樣中,由提高塑化效果之觀點來看,以上述矽氧烷化合物(宜為Si原子數3以上之矽氧烷化合物)中所含之Si原子中之至少1個來說,鍵結於該Si原子之含雙鍵之環之數量為1或0。例如,宜為Si原子數3以上且5以下之直鏈狀矽氧烷化合物,且為兩末端之Si原子分別獨立具有2個或3個(宜為2個)含雙鍵之環、而兩末端以外之Si原子分別獨立具有1個含雙鍵之環或不具有含雙鍵之環之結構的矽氧烷化合物。In several aspects, at least one of the Si atoms (typically the Si atoms constituting the siloxane chain) contained in the above-mentioned siloxane compound is Si bonded with two or more rings containing double bonds. atom. From the viewpoint of improving the stability of the plasticizing effect, the number of Si atoms bonded with two or more double bond-containing rings in the siloxane compound may be two or more. In a siloxane compound having 3 or more Si atoms, the number of Si atoms bonded to two or more rings containing double bonds may be 2 or more, or may be 3 or more. In addition, let the Si of the above siloxane compound be When the number of atoms is n, it may be n or less, n-1 or less, or n-2 or less. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of improving the plasticizing effect, at least one Si atom contained in the siloxane compound (preferably a siloxane compound with 3 or more Si atoms) is used. , the number of rings containing double bonds bonded to the Si atom is 1 or 0. For example, it is preferably a linear siloxane compound with Si atoms of 3 or more and 5 or less, and the Si atoms at both ends independently have 2 or 3 (preferably 2) rings containing double bonds, and the two Si atoms A siloxane compound in which the Si atoms other than the terminals independently have a ring containing a double bond or a structure that does not have a ring containing a double bond.

上述矽氧烷化合物亦可包含有鍵結有含雙鍵之環以外之基團的Si原子。上述含雙鍵之環以外之基團可列舉:烷基、芳烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、氟烷基、羥基、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧基、環氧丙氧基、胺基、單烷基胺基、二烷基胺基、羧基、羧基烷基、巰基等,惟不受該等所限。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含之碳原子之數量例如為1~8,宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,例如可為1或2。鍵結於矽氧烷化合物中所含之各Si原子之含雙鍵之環以外之基團可分別獨立為選自於由上述所例示之基團所構成之群組中。The siloxane compound may contain a Si atom bonded to a group other than a double bond-containing ring. Groups other than the above-mentioned double bond-containing ring include: alkyl group, aralkyl group, alkoxy group, halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), fluoroalkyl group, hydroxyl group, hydroxyalkyl group, hydroxyalkyl group Oxy group, epoxy group, glycidoxy group, amine group, monoalkylamino group, dialkylamino group, carboxyl group, carboxyalkyl group, mercapto group, etc., but are not limited by these. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is, for example, 1 to 8, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, for example, 1 or 2. Groups other than the double bond-containing ring bonded to each Si atom contained in the siloxane compound may be independently selected from the group consisting of the above-exemplified groups.

在數個態樣中,上述矽氧烷化合物宜不具乙烯性不飽和基(包含含雙鍵之環中雙鍵為乙烯性雙鍵者)。由不具乙烯性不飽和基之矽氧烷化合物所構成之聚矽氧系塑化劑,由該塑化劑所帶來之塑化效果之穩定性之觀點來看是有利的,且由具有含上述聚矽氧系塑化劑之黏著劑層的黏著片之保存穩定性之觀點、或抑制因乙烯性不飽和基之反應而造成彈性模數之變化、尺寸變化或變形(翹曲、起伏等)、光學應變之發生等之觀點來看亦佳。In several aspects, the above-mentioned siloxane compound preferably does not have ethylenically unsaturated groups (including those in which the double bond in the ring containing double bonds is an ethylenic double bond). A polysiloxane plasticizer composed of a siloxane compound without an ethylenically unsaturated group is advantageous from the viewpoint of the stability of the plasticizing effect brought about by the plasticizer, and it also contains From the viewpoint of the storage stability of the adhesive sheet of the adhesive layer of the above-mentioned polysiloxane plasticizer, or to suppress the change in elastic modulus, dimensional change or deformation (warping, undulation, etc.) caused by the reaction of the ethylenically unsaturated group ), the occurrence of optical strain, etc. are also good.

在此揭示之聚矽氧系塑化劑在數個態樣中,由提高塑化效果之觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物中所含之Si原子中之至少1個(Si原子數為3以上的矽氧烷化合物中則為至少2個)宜於該Si原子上具有至少1個甲基。例如,位於矽氧烷鏈之兩末端的Si原子宜分別獨立具有1個或2個(較宜為1個)甲基。在數個理想態樣中,上述矽氧烷化合物中所含之Si原子各自分別獨立具有1個或2個甲基。根據由所述結構之矽氧烷化合物構成之聚矽氧系塑化劑,可平衡兼顧由矽氧烷結構之柔軟性所帶來之塑化效果、與具有於至少1個Si原子上鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環之結構所帶來之上述塑化效果的穩定性。In several aspects of the polysiloxane plasticizer disclosed here, from the viewpoint of improving the plasticizing effect, at least one Si atom (the number of Si atoms is 3) contained in the above-mentioned siloxane compound It is preferable that the Si atom has at least 1 methyl group (at least 2 of the above siloxane compounds). For example, the Si atoms located at both ends of the siloxane chain preferably independently have 1 or 2 (preferably 1) methyl groups. In several ideal aspects, the Si atoms contained in the above-mentioned siloxane compound each independently have 1 or 2 methyl groups. According to the polysiloxane plasticizer composed of the siloxane compound of the above structure, the plasticizing effect brought by the flexibility of the siloxane structure and the ability to bond to at least one Si atom can be balanced The stability of the above-mentioned plasticizing effect brought about by the structure of more than two rings containing double bonds.

在數個態樣中,令上述矽氧烷化合物中所含之Si原子之數量為n時,鍵結於其等Si原子之取代基之數量合計所得之值(以下亦稱總取代基數)典型上為2n+2,且其中至少2個為含雙鍵之環。在數個態樣中,聚矽氧系塑化劑之總取代基數中,含雙鍵之環(宜為芳香族碳環,例如苯環)之數量所占之比率SR至少為16%,可為20%以上,亦可為25%以上。上述比率SR若變高,聚矽氧系塑化劑之耐熱性、或由該聚矽氧系塑化劑所帶來之塑化效果的穩定性會大致傾向提升。在數個態樣中,上述比率SR為33%以上是有利的,宜為40%以上,較宜為50%以上(例如60%以上),可為65%以上,亦可為75%以上。上述比率SR可為100%,而由摻混容易性或相溶性之觀點來看,為85%以下是有利的,宜為80%以下,可為75%以下,可為65%以下,亦可為60%以下(例如50%以下)。In several aspects, when the number of Si atoms contained in the above-mentioned siloxane compound is n, the value obtained by summing the number of substituents bonded to the Si atoms (hereinafter also referred to as the total number of substituents) is typical. Above is 2n+2, and at least 2 of them are rings containing double bonds. In several aspects, the ratio SR of the number of double bond-containing rings (preferably aromatic carbon rings, such as benzene rings) in the total number of substituents of the polysiloxane plasticizer is at least 16%, which can be It is more than 20%, and it can also be more than 25%. If the above-mentioned ratio SR becomes higher, the heat resistance of the polysilicone-based plasticizer or the stability of the plasticizing effect provided by the polysilicone-based plasticizer will generally tend to increase. In several aspects, it is advantageous for the above ratio SR to be 33% or more, preferably 40% or more, more preferably 50% or more (for example, 60% or more), 65% or more, or 75% or more. The above ratio SR may be 100%, but from the viewpoint of ease of blending or compatibility, it is advantageous to be 85% or less, preferably 80% or less, 75% or less, 65% or less, or is less than 60% (for example, less than 50%).

在數個態樣中,由塑化效果之穩定性之觀點來看,上述聚矽氧系塑化劑(具體上為矽氧烷化合物)之分子量為400以上是適當的,為430以上是有利的,宜為460以上,可為490以上,亦可為520以上。又,由塑化效果或摻混容易性、相溶性等觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物之分子量為900以下是適當的,為850以下是有利的,宜為700以下,較宜為650以下,可為600以下,可為560以下,可為540以下,亦可為500以下。In several aspects, from the viewpoint of the stability of the plasticizing effect, the molecular weight of the polysiloxane plasticizer (specifically, the siloxane compound) is 400 or more, and it is advantageous to have a molecular weight of 430 or more. , it should be above 460, it can be above 490, or it can be above 520. In addition, from the viewpoint of plasticizing effect, ease of blending, compatibility, etc., the molecular weight of the siloxane compound is preferably 900 or less, preferably 850 or less, preferably 700 or less, and more preferably 650 or less. , it can be less than 600, it can be less than 560, it can be less than 540, it can also be less than 500.

上述矽氧烷化合物之分子量可使用依據化學結構算出之分子量、或使用基質輔助雷射脫附游離飛行時間型質量分析法(MALDI-TOF-MS)所得之測定值。當有從製造商等提供了分子量的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。The molecular weight of the siloxane compound can be measured using a molecular weight calculated based on the chemical structure or a matrix-assisted laser desorption time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF-MS). When a nominal value of molecular weight is provided from the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be used.

在此揭示之聚矽氧系塑化劑之折射率無特別限定,例如可在1.30~1.80左右之範圍內。由抑制摻混塑化劑之材料(例如黏著劑)之折射率降低且同時謀求低彈性模數化之觀點來看,數個態樣中之聚矽氧系塑化劑其折射率為1.45以上是適當的,宜為1.50以上,較宜為1.52以上(例如1.53以上或1.54以上),更宜為1.55以上(例如1.56以上或1.57以上)。又,由摻混容易性或相溶性等觀點來看,聚矽氧系塑化劑之折射率例如可為1.70以下,可為1.65以下,亦可為1.60以下。The refractive index of the polysiloxane plasticizer disclosed here is not particularly limited, and may be in the range of about 1.30 to 1.80, for example. From the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the refractive index of materials (such as adhesives) mixed with plasticizers and achieving a low elastic modulus at the same time, the refractive index of polysiloxane plasticizers in several aspects is 1.45 or more. is appropriate, preferably 1.50 or more, more preferably 1.52 or more (for example, 1.53 or more or 1.54 or more), more preferably 1.55 or more (for example, 1.56 or more or 1.57 or more). In addition, from the viewpoint of ease of blending or compatibility, the refractive index of the polysiloxane plasticizer may be, for example, 1.70 or less, 1.65 or less, or 1.60 or less.

在使用聚矽氧系塑化劑作為塑化劑之態樣中,上述乙二醇系化合物之使用量無特別限定,係設定成可實現在此揭示之黏著劑特性及效果。由提升黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,上述聚矽氧系塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量例如可為1重量份以上,亦可為10重量份以上。在數個理想態樣中,上述聚矽氧系塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量可大於10重量份,可大於15重量份,可為20重量份以上,可為30重量份以上,可大於30重量份,可為35重量份以上,亦可為40重量份以上。又,由平衡兼顧黏著劑之高折射率化與柔軟性之觀點來看,上述聚矽氧系塑化劑相對於基底聚合物100重量份之使用量設為大約200重量份以下是適當的,宜設為150重量份以下,較宜設為100重量份以下,更宜設為80重量份以下,尤宜設為60重量份以下(例如小於60重量份),可為55重量份以下,可為50重量份以下,亦可為45重量份以下。In the aspect of using a polysiloxy plasticizer as the plasticizer, the usage amount of the above-mentioned ethylene glycol compound is not particularly limited, and is set to achieve the adhesive properties and effects disclosed here. From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive, the usage amount of the above-mentioned polysiloxane plasticizer relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, or may be 10 parts by weight or more. In several ideal aspects, the usage amount of the above-mentioned polysiloxy plasticizer relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer can be greater than 10 parts by weight, can be greater than 15 parts by weight, can be more than 20 parts by weight, and can be 30 parts by weight. It may be more than 30 parts by weight, it may be more than 35 parts by weight, or it may be more than 40 parts by weight. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of balancing the high refractive index and flexibility of the adhesive, it is appropriate to set the usage amount of the above-mentioned polysiloxane plasticizer to approximately 200 parts by weight or less relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. It is preferably 150 parts by weight or less, more preferably 100 parts by weight or less, more preferably 80 parts by weight or less, especially 60 parts by weight or less (for example, less than 60 parts by weight), it can be 55 parts by weight or less, it can be It may be 50 parts by weight or less, or 45 parts by weight or less.

塑化劑之使用量無特別限定,為了獲得目標之柔軟性,可根據與其他含黏著劑成分(典型上為丙烯酸系聚合物)之關係來設定。由提升黏著劑之柔軟性之觀點來看,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量例如可為1重量份以上,亦可為10重量份以上。在數個理想態樣中,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量可大於10重量份。又,藉由使用在此揭示之塑化劑,可獲得穩定性佳之黏著劑,因此可使其包含較以往更多之塑化劑,而可更提高黏著劑之柔軟性。由所述觀點來看,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量大於15重量份,可為20重量份以上,亦可為30重量份以上(例如大於30重量份)。在數個態樣中,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量宜為40重量份以上,更宜為50重量份以上,亦可為55重量份以上。例如,使用上述乙二醇系化合物作為塑化劑時,宜相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份使用大於30重量份(例如40重量份以上,進而50重量份以上、55重量份以上)。又,由平衡兼顧黏著劑之高折射率與柔軟性之觀點來看,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量設為大約200重量份以下是適當的,宜設為150重量份以下,較宜設為120重量份以下,可為100重量份以下,可為80重量份以下,亦可為70重量份以下。在更重視黏著特性之數個態樣中,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量可為45重量份以下,亦可為35重量份以下。The amount of plasticizer used is not particularly limited. In order to obtain the target softness, it can be set according to the relationship with other adhesive-containing components (typically acrylic polymers). From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive, the usage amount of the plasticizer relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, or may be 10 parts by weight or more. In some ideal aspects, the plasticizer can be used in an amount greater than 10 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. In addition, by using the plasticizer disclosed herein, an adhesive with good stability can be obtained, so that it can contain more plasticizers than before, and the flexibility of the adhesive can be further improved. From this point of view, the usage amount of the plasticizer is more than 15 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer, may be more than 20 parts by weight, or may be more than 30 parts by weight (for example, more than 30 parts by weight). In several aspects, the usage amount of the plasticizer relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer is preferably 40 parts by weight or more, more preferably 50 parts by weight or more, and may also be 55 parts by weight or more. For example, when using the above-mentioned ethylene glycol compound as a plasticizer, it is preferable to use more than 30 parts by weight (for example, 40 parts by weight or more, further 50 parts by weight or more, 55 parts by weight or more) based on 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. In addition, from the viewpoint of balancing the high refractive index and flexibility of the adhesive, it is appropriate to set the usage amount of the plasticizer to approximately 200 parts by weight or less relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer, and preferably 150 parts by weight. parts by weight or less, preferably 120 parts by weight or less, 100 parts by weight or less, 80 parts by weight or less, or 70 parts by weight or less. In several aspects that pay more attention to the adhesive properties, the usage amount of the plasticizer relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer can be 45 parts by weight or less, or it can be 35 parts by weight or less.

此外,在此揭示之黏著劑組成物亦可在不顯著損及發明效果之範圍內包含1種或2種以上上述130℃汽化量大於10重量%之塑化劑(例如分子量小於350之塑化劑)。所述任意塑化劑(例如後述實施例中使用之苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯等)的使用量設為小於黏著劑組成物所用之塑化劑整體的50重量%是適當的,宜小於30重量%,較宜小於10重量%(例如小於9重量%、小於8重量%、小於7重量%、小於6重量%、小於5重量%、小於4重量%、小於3重量%、小於2重量%或小於1重量%)。在此揭示之技術可使用實質上不含上述任意塑化劑之黏著劑組成物來適宜實施。In addition, the adhesive composition disclosed here may also contain one or more than two kinds of plasticizers with a vaporization amount of more than 10% by weight at 130°C (for example, plasticizers with a molecular weight of less than 350) within the scope that does not significantly impair the effect of the invention. agent). It is appropriate that the usage amount of any plasticizer (such as phenoxybenzyl acrylate used in the examples described below) is less than 50% by weight of the total plasticizer used in the adhesive composition, and preferably less than 30% % by weight, preferably less than 10% by weight (for example, less than 9% by weight, less than 8% by weight, less than 7% by weight, less than 6% by weight, less than 5% by weight, less than 4% by weight, less than 3% by weight, less than 2% by weight or less than 1% by weight). The techniques disclosed herein can be suitably implemented using adhesive compositions that do not substantially contain any of the plasticizers described above.

(添加劑(H RO)) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中,可含有較上述丙烯酸系聚合物更高折射率之有機材料作為依期望所使用之添加劑。以下,有時將所述有機材料表記為「添加劑(H RO)」。在此,上述「H RO」係表示高折射率(High Refractive index)之有機材料(Organic material)。藉由組合添加劑(H RO)與丙烯酸系聚合物來使用,可實現可更適宜兼顧折射率與黏著特性(剝離強度、柔軟性等)之黏著劑。可作為添加劑(H RO)使用之有機材料可為聚合物,亦可為非聚合物。又,可具有聚合性官能基,亦可不具聚合性官能基。此外,本說明書中,添加劑(H RO)係定義為與可作為上述塑化劑使用之化合物不同者。因此,添加劑(H RO)具體上可為在30℃(例如25℃或20℃)下非為液態(液體)者。添加劑(H RO)可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 (Additive (H RO )) In the adhesive composition disclosed herein, an organic material with a higher refractive index than the above-mentioned acrylic polymer may be included as an additive used as desired. Hereinafter, the organic material may be expressed as "additive (H RO )". Here, the above-mentioned “H RO ” represents an organic material with a high refractive index (High Refractive index). By using a combination of additives (H RO ) and acrylic polymers, an adhesive that is more suitable for both refractive index and adhesive properties (peel strength, softness, etc.) can be realized. Organic materials that can be used as additives (H RO ) can be polymers or non-polymers. Moreover, it may or may not have a polymerizable functional group. In addition, in this specification, the additive (H RO ) is defined as a compound that is different from the compound that can be used as the above-mentioned plasticizer. Therefore, the additive (H RO ) may specifically be one that is not liquid (liquid) at 30°C (eg, 25°C or 20°C). The additive (H RO ) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

添加劑(H RO)之折射率可在與丙烯酸系聚合物之折射率的相對關係下設定為適當的範圍,因此不受特定範圍所限。添加劑(H RO)之折射率例如大於1.55、大於1.56或大於1.57,且可自較丙烯酸系聚合物之折射率更高之範圍中選擇。由黏著劑之高折射率化之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,添加劑(H RO)之折射率為1.58以上是有利的,宜為1.60以上,較宜為1.63以上,可為1.65以上,可為1.70以上,亦可為1.75以上。藉由折射率較高之添加劑(H RO),即便使用較少量之添加劑(H RO)仍可達成目標折射率。此事由抑制黏著特性或光學特性降低之觀點來看為佳。添加劑(H RO)之折射率的上限無特別限制,惟由在黏著劑內之相溶性、高折射率化與適合作為黏著劑之柔軟性之兼顧容易性等觀點來看,例如為3.000以下,可為2.500以下,可為2.000以下,可為1.950以下,可為1.900以下,亦可為1.850以下。 此外,添加劑(H RO)之折射率係與單體之折射率同樣地,使用阿貝折射率計在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。當有從製造商等提供了在25℃下之折射率的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。 The refractive index of the additive (H RO ) can be set to an appropriate range in relation to the refractive index of the acrylic polymer, and is therefore not limited to a specific range. The refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is, for example, greater than 1.55, greater than 1.56, or greater than 1.57, and can be selected from a range with a higher refractive index than that of the acrylic polymer. From the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, in several aspects, the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is advantageous to be 1.58 or higher, preferably 1.60 or higher, more preferably 1.63 or higher, and may be 1.65 or higher. , can be above 1.70, or above 1.75. By using an additive with a higher refractive index (H RO ), the target refractive index can still be achieved even with a smaller amount of additive (H RO ). This is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing deterioration in adhesive properties or optical properties. The upper limit of the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of compatibility in the adhesive, ease of achieving a high refractive index, and flexibility suitable for use as an adhesive, for example, it is 3.000 or less. It can be below 2.500, below 2.000, below 1.950, below 1.900, or below 1.850. In addition, the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) was measured using an Abbe refractometer under the conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C, in the same manner as the refractive index of the monomer. When a nominal value of the refractive index at 25°C is provided from the manufacturer, etc., the nominal value can be used.

作為添加劑(H RO)使用之有機材料的分子量無特別限定,可按目的作選擇。添加劑(H RO)之分子量例如可為130以上,亦可為150以上。在數個態樣中,由該添加劑(H RO)之高折射率化之觀點來看,添加劑(H RO)之分子量宜為170以上,較宜為200以上,可為230以上,可為250以上,可為270以上,可為300以上,可為500以上,可為1000以上,亦可為2000以上。又,由平衡兼顧高折射率化之效果與其他特性(例如適於黏著劑之柔軟性、霧度等光學特性)之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,添加劑(H RO)之分子量大約小於10000是適當的,宜小於5000,較宜小於3000(例如小於1000),可小於800,可小於600,可小於500,亦可小於400。由提升在黏著劑內之相溶性之觀點來看,添加劑(H RO)之分子量不過大是有利的。在數個態樣中,可將分子量為1000~10000左右(例如1000以上且小於5000)之聚合物作為添加劑(H RO)來使用。 添加劑(H RO)之分子量可使用針對非聚合物或低聚合度(例如2~5聚物左右)之聚合物依據化學結構算出之分子量、或使用基質輔助雷射脫附游離飛行時間型質量分析法(MALDI-TOF-MS)所得之測定值。添加劑(H RO)為聚合度更高之聚合物時,可使用根據以適當條件進行之GPC的重量平均分子量(Mw)。當有從製造商等提供了分子量的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。 The molecular weight of the organic material used as the additive (H RO ) is not particularly limited and can be selected according to the purpose. The molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) may be, for example, 130 or more or 150 or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the additive (H RO ), the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is preferably 170 or more, more preferably 200 or more, 230 or more, and 250 or more. It can be more than 270, it can be more than 300, it can be more than 500, it can be more than 1,000, it can be more than 2,000. In addition, from the viewpoint of balancing the effect of increasing the refractive index with other properties (such as optical properties such as flexibility and haze suitable for adhesives), in several aspects, the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is approximately Less than 10,000 is appropriate, preferably less than 5,000, preferably less than 3,000 (for example, less than 1,000), can be less than 800, can be less than 600, can be less than 500, can also be less than 400. From the viewpoint of improving the compatibility in the adhesive, it is advantageous that the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is not too large. In several aspects, polymers with molecular weights of about 1,000 to 10,000 (for example, more than 1,000 and less than 5,000) can be used as additives (H RO ). The molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) can be calculated based on the chemical structure of a non-polymer or polymer with a low degree of polymerization (for example, around 2 to 5 polymers), or matrix-assisted laser desorption time-of-flight mass analysis can be used. The measured value obtained by the method (MALDI-TOF-MS). When the additive (H RO ) is a polymer with a higher degree of polymerization, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) based on GPC performed under appropriate conditions can be used. When a nominal value of molecular weight is provided from the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be used.

可成為添加劑(H RO)之選項的有機材料之例包含具有芳香環之有機化合物、具有雜環(可為芳香環,亦可為非芳香族性雜環)之有機化合物等,惟不受該等所限。 Examples of organic materials that can be optional additives (H RO ) include organic compounds with aromatic rings, organic compounds with heterocyclic rings (which can be aromatic rings or non-aromatic heterocyclic rings), etc., but are not subject to this etc. are limited.

可作為添加劑(H RO)使用之上述具有芳香環之有機化合物(以下亦稱「含芳香環化合物」)所具有之芳香環,可自與可作為單體(A1)使用之化合物所具有之芳香環相同之物來選擇。 The aromatic ring of the above-mentioned organic compound having an aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as "aromatic ring-containing compound") that can be used as an additive (H RO ) can be derived from the aromatic ring of the compound that can be used as the monomer (A1). Choose from similar items.

上述芳香環可於環構成原子上具有1或2個以上取代基,亦可不具有取代基。具有取代基時,該取代基可例示烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧丙氧基等,惟不受該等所限。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含之碳原子之數量例如為1~10,1~6是有利的,宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,例如可為1或2。在數個態樣中,上述芳香環可為於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環、或可為於環構成原子上具有選自於由烷基、烷氧基及鹵素原子(例如溴原子)所構成群組中之1或2個以上取代基之芳香環。The above-mentioned aromatic ring may have one or more substituents on the ring constituting atoms, or may have no substituents. When there is a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, and a propylene oxide group. Oxygen groups, etc., but are not limited by these. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is, for example, 1 to 10, 1 to 6 is advantageous, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, for example, it can be 1 or 2. In several aspects, the above-mentioned aromatic ring may be an aromatic ring without substituents on the ring constituent atoms, or may be an aromatic ring with alkyl groups, alkoxy groups and halogen atoms (such as bromine) on the ring constituent atoms. Atom) is an aromatic ring consisting of 1 or more substituents in the group.

可作為添加劑(H RO)使用之含芳香環化合物之例可列舉例如:可作為單體(A1)使用之化合物;包含可作為單體(A1)使用之化合物作為單體單元的寡聚物;從可作為單體(A1)使用之化合物中去除具有乙烯性不飽和基之基團(可為鍵結於環構成原子之取代基)或該基團中構成乙烯性不飽和基之部分,且取代成氫原子或不具乙烯性不飽和基之基團(例如羥基、胺基、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧丙氧基等)之結構的化合物等,且可舉不符合在此揭示之塑化劑者,惟不受該等所限。 Examples of aromatic ring-containing compounds that can be used as additives (H RO ) include, for example: compounds that can be used as monomer (A1); oligomers containing compounds that can be used as monomer (A1) as monomer units; The group having an ethylenically unsaturated group (which may be a substituent bonded to a ring constituting atom) or the part constituting the ethylenically unsaturated group in the group is removed from the compound that can be used as the monomer (A1), and Structure substituted with hydrogen atoms or groups without ethylenically unsaturated groups (such as hydroxyl, amine, halogen atom, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyloxy, glycidoxy, etc.) compounds, etc., and may include those that do not conform to the plasticizers disclosed here, but are not limited thereto.

在數個態樣中,由可容易獲得較高的高折射率化效果來看,可適宜採用1分子中具有2個以上芳香環之有機化合物(以下亦稱「含複數個芳香環之化合物」)作為添加劑(H RO)。含複數個芳香環之化合物可具有乙烯性不飽和基等聚合性官能基,亦可不具有。又,含複數個芳香環之化合物可為聚合物,亦可為非聚合物。又,上述聚合物可為包含含複數個芳香環之單體作為單體單元之寡聚物(宜為分子量大約5000以下、較宜為大約1000以下之寡聚物;例如為2~5聚物左右之低聚合物)。上述寡聚物例如可為:含複數個芳香環之單體的均聚物;2種以上含複數個芳香環之單體的共聚物;1種或2種以上含複數個芳香環之單體與其他單體的共聚物等。上述其他單體可為不符合含複數個芳香環之單體的含芳香環單體,可為不具芳香環之單體,亦可為該等之組合。在使用寡聚物作為添加劑(H RO)之態樣中,該寡聚物可藉由以公知方法使對應之單體成分聚合來獲得。 Among several aspects, organic compounds having two or more aromatic rings per molecule (hereinafter also referred to as "compounds containing multiple aromatic rings") can be suitably used because a high refractive index-increasing effect can be easily obtained. ) as additive (H RO ). The compound containing a plurality of aromatic rings may or may not have polymerizable functional groups such as ethylenically unsaturated groups. In addition, the compound containing multiple aromatic rings may be a polymer or a non-polymer. In addition, the above-mentioned polymer may be an oligomer containing a monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings as a monomer unit (an oligomer with a molecular weight of approximately 5,000 or less, more preferably approximately 1,000 or less; for example, a 2- to 5-mer unit) Low polymer of left and right). The above-mentioned oligomer can be, for example, a homopolymer of a monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings; a copolymer of two or more monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings; one or more types of monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings. Copolymers with other monomers, etc. The above-mentioned other monomers may be aromatic ring-containing monomers that do not qualify as monomers containing multiple aromatic rings, may be monomers without aromatic rings, or may be a combination thereof. In the case of using an oligomer as an additive (H RO ), the oligomer can be obtained by polymerizing the corresponding monomer component by a known method.

含複數個芳香環之化合物之非限定例可列舉:具有2個以上非縮合芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的化合物、具有2個以上非縮合芳香環直接(亦即不隔著其他原子)化學鍵結之結構的化合物、具有縮合芳香環結構之化合物、具有茀結構之化合物、具有二萘并噻吩結構之化合物、具有二苯并噻吩結構之化合物等。含複數個芳香環之化合物可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Non-limiting examples of compounds containing multiple aromatic rings include: compounds having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group, compounds having two or more non-condensed aromatic rings directly (that is, not separated by other atoms) ) compounds with a chemically bonded structure, compounds with a condensed aromatic ring structure, compounds with a fluorine structure, compounds with a dinaphthothiophene structure, compounds with a dibenzothiophene structure, etc. The compound containing a plurality of aromatic rings can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

可成為添加劑(H RO)之選項的具有雜環的有機化合物(以下亦稱為含雜環有機化合物)之例可舉硫代環氧化合物、具有三𠯤環之化合物等。硫代環氧化合物之例可舉日本專利第3712653號公報中記載之雙(2,3-環硫代丙基)二硫化物及其聚合物(折射率1.74)。具有三𠯤環之化合物之例可舉1分子內具有至少1個(例如3~40個,宜為5~20個))三𠯤環之化合物。此外,三𠯤環具有芳香族性,故具有三𠯤環之化合物亦包含於上述含芳香環化合物之概念中,且,具有複數個三𠯤環之化合物亦包含於上述含複數個芳香環之化合物之概念中。 Examples of organic compounds having a heterocyclic ring (hereinafter also referred to as heterocyclic-containing organic compounds) that can be optional additives (H RO ) include thioepoxy compounds, compounds having a tricyclic ring, and the like. Examples of thioepoxy compounds include bis(2,3-epithiopropyl) disulfide and its polymer (refractive index: 1.74) described in Japanese Patent No. 3712653. Examples of the compound having a tri-𠯤 ring include a compound having at least one (for example, 3 to 40, preferably 5 to 20) tri-𠯤 rings per molecule. In addition, the three-𠯤 ring is aromatic, so the compounds with the three-𠯤 ring are also included in the above-mentioned concept of compounds containing aromatic rings, and the compounds with multiple tri-𠯤-rings are also included in the above-mentioned compounds containing multiple aromatic rings. in the concept.

在數個態樣中,可適宜採用不具乙烯性不飽和基之化合物作為添加劑(H RO)。藉此,可抑制黏著劑組成物因熱或光而變質(凝膠化之進行或黏度上升造成調平性降低),提高保存穩定性。採用不具乙烯性不飽和基之添加劑(H RO)一事,由在具有含該添加劑(H RO)之黏著劑層的黏著片中,抑制因乙烯性不飽和基之反應而造成尺寸變化或變形(翹曲、起伏等)、光學應變之發生等之觀點來看亦佳。 In several aspects, it may be appropriate to use compounds without ethylenically unsaturated groups as additives (H RO ). This can prevent the adhesive composition from deteriorating due to heat or light (the progression of gelation or the decrease in leveling properties caused by an increase in viscosity), thereby improving storage stability. The use of an additive (H RO ) that does not have an ethylenically unsaturated group prevents dimensional changes or deformation caused by the reaction of the ethylenically unsaturated group (H RO ) in an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer containing the additive (H RO ). It is also good from the viewpoint of the occurrence of warpage, undulation, etc.) and the occurrence of optical strain.

添加劑(H RO)可在不顯著損及在此揭示之技術所帶來之效果的範圍內使用適當量。在數個態樣中,添加劑(H RO)相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量(使用複數種化合物時為其等之合計量)可設為例如80重量份以下,而由平衡兼顧黏著劑之高折射率化與抑制黏著特性或光學特性降低之觀點來看,設為60重量份以下是有利的,宜設為45重量份以下。在更重視黏著特性或光學特性之數個態樣中,添加劑(H RO)相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量例如可為30重量份以下,可為10重量份以下,可為3重量以下,亦可為1重量份以下。藉由將添加劑(H RO)之使用量限制在預定範圍內,容易形成特性之穩定性佳的黏著劑。在此揭示之技術可適宜在使用不含添加劑(H RO)之黏著劑組成物之態樣下實施。又,由黏著劑之高折射率化之觀點來看,添加劑(H RO)相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量可設為例如1重量份以上,設為3重量份以上是有利的,宜設為5重量份以上,可為7重量份以上,可為10重量份以上,可為15重量份以上,亦可為20重量份以上。 The additive (H RO ) may be used in an appropriate amount within a range that does not significantly impair the effects of the technology disclosed herein. In some aspects, the usage amount of the additive (H RO ) relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (the total amount when using multiple compounds) can be set to, for example, 80 parts by weight or less, taking into account the balance. From the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive and suppressing deterioration in adhesive properties or optical properties, it is advantageous to set the content to 60 parts by weight or less, and preferably 45 parts by weight or less. In several aspects where more emphasis is placed on adhesive properties or optical properties, the usage amount of the additive (H RO ) relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 30 parts by weight or less, 10 parts by weight or less, or 3 parts by weight. The amount may be less than 1 part by weight, or less than 1 part by weight. By limiting the usage amount of the additive (H RO ) within a predetermined range, it is easy to form an adhesive with good characteristics and stability. The techniques disclosed herein may be suitably implemented using adhesive compositions that do not contain additives ( HRO ). Furthermore, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, the usage amount of the additive (H RO ) relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer can be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, and it is advantageous to set it at 3 parts by weight or more. , preferably 5 parts by weight or more, may be 7 parts by weight or more, may be 10 parts by weight or more, may be 15 parts by weight or more, may be 20 parts by weight or more.

(交聯劑) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中可為了調整黏著劑之凝集力等,視需求含有交聯劑。交聯劑可使用異氰酸酯系交聯劑、環氧系交聯劑、吖𠰂系交聯劑、㗁唑啉系交聯劑、三聚氰胺系樹脂、金屬螯合物系交聯劑等在黏著劑領域中公知之交聯劑。其中,可適宜採用異氰酸酯系交聯劑、環氧系交聯劑。作為交聯劑之其他例,可舉1分子內具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基之單體,亦即多官能性單體。交聯劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 (cross-linking agent) The adhesive composition disclosed here may contain a cross-linking agent if necessary in order to adjust the cohesive force of the adhesive. Cross-linking agents can use isocyanate-based cross-linking agents, epoxy-based cross-linking agents, azazoline-based cross-linking agents, oxazoline-based cross-linking agents, melamine-based resins, metal chelate-based cross-linking agents, etc. in the field of adhesives A well-known cross-linking agent. Among them, isocyanate cross-linking agents and epoxy cross-linking agents can be suitably used. Other examples of the cross-linking agent include monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, that is, polyfunctional monomers. A cross-linking agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

異氰酸酯系交聯劑可使用2官能以上之異氰酸酯化合物,可列舉例如:三亞甲基二異氰酸酯、伸丁基二異氰酸酯、五亞甲基二異氰酸酯(PDI)、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯(HDI)、二體酸二異氰酸酯等脂肪族聚異氰酸酯類;伸環戊基二異氰酸酯、伸環己基二異氰酸酯、異佛酮二異氰酸酯(IPDI)、1,3-雙(異氰酸基甲基)環己烷等脂環族異氰酸酯類;2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、伸茬基二異氰酸酯(XDI)等芳香族異氰酸酯類;經將異氰酸酯化合物藉由脲甲酸酯鍵、縮二脲鍵、三聚異氰酸酯鍵、脲二酮鍵、脲鍵、碳二亞胺鍵、脲酮亞胺鍵、㗁二𠯤三酮鍵等改質之聚異氰酸酯改質體(例如HDI之三聚異氰酸酯體、HDI之脲甲酸酯體等)等。市售物之例可列舉:商品名TAKENATE 300S、TAKENATE 500、TAKENATE 600、TAKENATE D165N、TAKENATE D178N、TAKENATE D178NL(以上,三井化學公司製)、Sumidur T80、Sumidur L、Desmodur N3400(以上,Sumika Bayer Urethane公司製)、Millionate MR、Millionate MT、Coronate L、Coronate HL、Coronate HX、Coronate 2770(以上,東曹(Tosoh)公司製)、商品名Duranate A201H(以上,旭化成公司製)等。異氰酸酯化合物可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。亦可併用2官能之異氰酸酯化合物與3官能以上之異氰酸酯化合物。As the isocyanate cross-linking agent, an isocyanate compound having two or more functions can be used. Examples include: trimethylene diisocyanate, butylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate (PDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), Aliphatic polyisocyanates such as diisocyanate; cyclopentyl diisocyanate, cyclohexyl diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane Alicyclic isocyanates such as 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, styrene diisocyanate (XDI) and other aromatic isocyanates; isocyanate compounds are treated with ureaformic acid Polyisocyanate modified bodies modified by ester bonds, biuret bonds, isocyanate bonds, uretdione bonds, urea bonds, carbodiimide bonds, uretonimine bonds, ditriketone bonds, etc. (for example HDI melanoisocyanate, HDI allophanate, etc.). Examples of commercially available products include: brand names TAKENATE 300S, TAKENATE 500, TAKENATE 600, TAKENATE D165N, TAKENATE D178N, TAKENATE D178NL (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Sumidur T80, Sumidur L, Desmodur N3400 (above, Sumika Bayer Urethane) Corporation), Millionate MR, Millionate MT, Coronate L, Coronate HL, Coronate HX, Coronate 2770 (above, manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), trade name Duranate A201H (above, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation), etc. The isocyanate compound can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. A bifunctional isocyanate compound and a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound may be used together.

環氧系交聯劑可列舉例如:雙酚A、環氧氯丙烷型環氧系樹脂、伸乙基環氧丙基醚、聚乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、甘油二環氧丙基醚、甘油三環氧丙基醚、1,6-己二醇環氧丙基醚、三羥甲丙烷三環氧丙基醚、二環氧丙基苯胺、二胺基環氧丙基胺、N,N,N',N'-四環氧丙基-間茬二胺及1,3-雙(N,N-二環氧丙基胺基甲基)環己烷等。該等可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Examples of the epoxy cross-linking agent include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin type epoxy resin, ethylidene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, and glycerin diepoxypropyl ether. Ether, glyceryl triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, diglycidyl aniline, diaminoglycidyl amine, N,N,N',N'-tetraepoxypropyl-m-diamine and 1,3-bis(N,N-diepoxypropylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

多官能性單體可列舉例如:乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,12-十二烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙烯酯、二乙烯苯、雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烯酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯、胺甲酸酯丙烯酸酯、丁基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。多官能性單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Examples of polyfunctional monomers include: ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. , neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentylerythritol di(meth)acrylate, neopentylerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dineopenterythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, Ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecanediol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, allyl (meth)acrylate, vinyl (meth)acrylate, divinylbenzene, bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, Epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, urethane acrylate, butyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, hexyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, etc. The polyfunctional monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

在數個態樣中,交聯劑之至少一部分可使用每分子具有2個交聯反應性基(例如異氰酸酯基)之2官能交聯劑。藉由使用2官能交聯劑,容易形成柔軟之交聯結構。2官能交聯劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。又,2官能交聯劑亦可與3官能以上之交聯劑併用。In several aspects, at least a portion of the cross-linking agent may use a bifunctional cross-linking agent having two cross-linking reactive groups (eg, isocyanate groups) per molecule. By using a bifunctional cross-linking agent, a soft cross-linked structure can be easily formed. A bifunctional crosslinking agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Furthermore, a bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used in combination with a trifunctional or higher than trifunctional crosslinking agent.

在數個態樣中,交聯劑可適宜使用不具芳香環、脂肪族環等環結構之非環式交聯劑(亦稱鏈狀交聯劑)。例如,上述異氰酸酯系交聯劑中,宜使用不具芳香環及三聚異氰酸酯環等環結構之異氰酸酯系化合物。藉由使用非環式異氰酸酯系化合物作為交聯劑,容易形成柔軟性高之交聯劑。上述非環式異氰酸酯之具體例可舉:脂肪族異氰酸酯系化合物(例如PDI或HDI)、或脂肪族異氰酸酯系化合物之改質體(例如PDI或HDI之經脲甲酸酯鍵、縮二脲鍵、脲鍵、碳二亞胺鍵改質之聚異氰酸酯改質體)。非環式交聯劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。在數個理想態樣中,可使用非環式2官能交聯劑作為上述交聯劑。In several aspects, the cross-linking agent may suitably use a non-cyclic cross-linking agent (also known as a chain cross-linking agent) that does not have a ring structure such as an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring. For example, among the above-mentioned isocyanate-based cross-linking agents, it is preferable to use an isocyanate-based compound that does not have a ring structure such as an aromatic ring or a isocyanate ring. By using a non-cyclic isocyanate-based compound as a cross-linking agent, a cross-linking agent with high flexibility can be easily formed. Specific examples of the above-mentioned non-cyclic isocyanate include: aliphatic isocyanate compounds (such as PDI or HDI), or modified forms of aliphatic isocyanate compounds (such as PDI or HDI via allophanate bond, biuret bond) , urea bond, carbodiimide bond modified polyisocyanate modified body). Acyclic cross-linking agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In several ideal aspects, a non-cyclic bifunctional cross-linking agent can be used as the above-mentioned cross-linking agent.

在數個態樣中,可使用1分子中之一交聯反應性基(例如異氰酸酯基)與其他一交聯反應性基之距離較長的交聯劑作為交聯劑。藉此,可形成具有預定以上長度之柔軟的交聯結構。例如,可將交聯劑1分子中構成一連結交聯反應性基與其他交聯反應性基之連結鏈的原子之數量為10以上(例如12以上或14以上)的化合物作為交聯劑使用。上述連結鏈構成原子數的上限可因應目的藉由聚合等來調製,因此無特別限定,例如為2000以下,可為1000以下,可為500以下,可為100以下,可為50以下,可為30以下,亦可為20以下。此外,上述連結交聯反應性基之連結鏈構成原子數意指在交聯劑1分子中,從一交聯反應性基到達其他交聯反應性基(具有3個以上交聯反應性基時,為最靠近上述一交聯反應性基的交聯反應性基)所需之最小原子之數量。具有上述連結鏈之交聯劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。在數個理想態樣中,可使用非環式2官能交聯劑作為上述交聯劑。上述交聯劑之市售物例可舉商品名Coronate 2770(東曹(Tosoh)公司製)、商品名TAKENATE D178NL(三井化學公司製)、商品名Duranate A201H(旭化成公司製)等。In several aspects, a cross-linking agent with a longer distance between one cross-linking reactive group (eg, isocyanate group) and another cross-linking reactive group in one molecule can be used as the cross-linking agent. Thereby, a soft cross-linked structure having a predetermined or longer length can be formed. For example, a compound in which the number of atoms constituting a connecting chain connecting a cross-linking reactive group and other cross-linking reactive groups in one molecule of the cross-linking agent is 10 or more (for example, 12 or more or 14 or more) can be used as the cross-linking agent. . The upper limit of the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain can be adjusted according to the purpose through polymerization or the like, and is therefore not particularly limited. For example, it may be 2,000 or less, it may be 1,000 or less, it may be 500 or less, it may be 100 or less, it may be 50 or less, it may be Below 30, it can also be below 20. In addition, the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain connecting the cross-linking reactive groups means that in one cross-linking agent molecule, from one cross-linking reactive group to another cross-linking reactive group (when there are three or more cross-linking reactive groups) , is the minimum number of atoms required for the cross-linking reactive group closest to the above-mentioned cross-linking reactive group). The cross-linking agent having the above-described connecting chain can be used alone or in combination of two or more types. In several ideal aspects, a non-cyclic bifunctional cross-linking agent can be used as the above-mentioned cross-linking agent. Commercially available examples of the cross-linking agent include trade name Coronate 2770 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), trade name TAKENATE D178NL (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.), trade name Duranate A201H (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like.

使用交聯劑時之使用量無特別限定,可相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份設為0.001重量份~5.0重量份左右之範圍。由提升黏著劑之柔軟性或對被黏著體之密著性之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,交聯劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量宜為3.0重量份以下,較宜為2.0重量份以下,可為1.0重量份以下,可為0.5重量份以下,亦可為0.2重量份以下。又,由適當發揮交聯劑之使用效果之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,交聯劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量例如可為0.005重量份以上,可為0.01重量份以上,可為0.05重量份以上,可為0.08重量份以上,可為0.1重量份以上,可為0.2重量份以上,亦可為0.4重量份以上。The usage amount of the cross-linking agent is not particularly limited, but may be in the range of approximately 0.001 to 5.0 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. From the perspective of improving the softness of the adhesive or the adhesion to the adherend, in several aspects, the usage amount of the cross-linking agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer is preferably 3.0 parts by weight or less. It is preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less, 1.0 parts by weight or less, 0.5 parts by weight or less, or 0.2 parts by weight or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of appropriately exerting the effect of the cross-linking agent, in some aspects, the usage amount of the cross-linking agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 0.005 parts by weight or more, and may be 0.01 parts by weight. Parts or more may be 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.08 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.2 parts by weight or more, or 0.4 parts by weight or more.

為了使交聯反應更有效地進行,亦可使用交聯觸媒。交聯觸媒之例可舉:鈦酸四正丁酯、鈦酸四異丙酯、四乙醯丙酮鋯、乙醯丙酮鐵(III)、丁基錫氧化物、二月桂酸二辛錫等金屬系交聯觸媒等。其中又以二月桂酸二辛錫等錫系交聯觸媒為佳。交聯觸媒之使用量無特別限制。考慮到交聯反應速度之快慢與黏著劑組成物使用期限之長短之平衡,交聯觸媒相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量例如可設為大約0.0001重量份以上且1重量份以下之範圍,宜設為0.001重量份以上且0.5重量份以下之範圍。In order to make the cross-linking reaction proceed more efficiently, a cross-linking catalyst can also be used. Examples of cross-linking catalysts include: tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, zirconium tetraacetyl acetonate, iron (III) acetyl acetonate, butyl tin oxide, dioctyl tin dilaurate and other metal systems Cross-linking catalysts, etc. Among them, tin-based cross-linking catalysts such as dioctyl tin dilaurate are preferred. There is no particular restriction on the amount of cross-linking catalyst used. Taking into account the balance between the speed of the cross-linking reaction and the service life of the adhesive composition, the usage amount of the cross-linking catalyst relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer can be, for example, approximately 0.0001 to 1 part by weight. The range of is preferably 0.001 parts by weight or more and 0.5 parts by weight or less.

黏著劑組成物中可含有可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物作為交聯延遲劑。藉此,可實現延長黏著劑組成物之使用期限的效果。例如,可在包含異氰酸酯系交聯劑之黏著劑組成物中,適宜利用可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物。可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物可使用各種β-二羰基化合物。例如可適宜採用β-二酮類(乙醯丙酮、2,4-己二酮等)或乙醯乙酸酯類(乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯等)。可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物的使用量,相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份,可設為例如0.1重量份以上且20重量份以下,可設為0.5重量份以上且10重量份以下,亦可設為1重量份以上且5重量份以下。The adhesive composition may contain a compound that can produce keto-enol tautomerism as a cross-linking retardant. This can achieve the effect of extending the service life of the adhesive composition. For example, a compound that can produce keto-enol tautomerism can be suitably used in an adhesive composition containing an isocyanate cross-linking agent. Various β-dicarbonyl compounds can be used as compounds capable of producing keto-enol tautomerism. For example, β-diketones (acetyl acetone, 2,4-hexanedione, etc.) or acetyl acetate esters (methyl acetyl acetate, ethyl acetate acetate, etc.) can be suitably used. The compound which can produce keto-enol tautomerism can be used individually by 1 type, or in combination of 2 or more types. The usage amount of the compound that can generate keto-enol tautomerism can be, for example, 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, or 0.5 to 10 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. parts or less, and may be 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less.

(賦黏劑) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中亦可含有賦黏劑。賦黏劑可使用松香系增黏樹脂、萜系增黏樹脂、酚系增黏樹脂、烴系增黏樹脂、酮系增黏樹脂、聚醯胺系增黏樹脂、環氧系增黏樹脂、彈性體系增黏樹脂等公知的增黏樹脂。該等可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。增黏樹脂之使用量無特別限定,可按目的及用途來設定成能發揮適當之黏著性能。在數個態樣中,由折射率或透明性之觀點來看,賦黏劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量設為30重量份以下是適當的,宜設為10重量份以下,較宜設為5重量份以下。在此揭示之技術可適宜在不使用賦黏劑之態樣下實施。 (Adhesive agent) The adhesive compositions disclosed herein may also contain adhesive agents. The tackifying agent can use rosin-based tackifying resin, terpene-based tackifying resin, phenol-based tackifying resin, hydrocarbon-based tackifying resin, ketone-based tackifying resin, polyamide-based tackifying resin, epoxy-based tackifying resin, Well-known tackifying resins such as elastic system tackifying resins. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The usage amount of the tackifying resin is not particularly limited and can be set according to the purpose and use to achieve appropriate adhesive properties. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of refractive index or transparency, it is appropriate to set the usage amount of the tackifier to 30 parts by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer, and preferably 10 parts by weight or less. , preferably 5 parts by weight or less. The techniques disclosed herein may be suitably implemented without the use of adhesion promoters.

(高折射率粒子) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中可含有高折射率粒子作為任意成分。在此,高折射率粒子意指可藉由使黏著劑含有其來提高該黏著劑之折射率的粒子。以下,有時將高折射率粒子表記為「粒子P HRI」。HRI係high refractive index(高折射率)之意。粒子P HRI之種類無特別限定,可從金屬粒子、金屬化合物粒子、有機粒子、有機-無機複合物粒子中選定可提升黏著劑之折射率的材料之1種或2種以上來使用。粒子P HRI可從無機氧化物(例如金屬氧化物)中適宜使用可提升黏著劑之折射率者。構成粒子P HRI之材料的適宜例可舉氧化鈦(titania、TiO 2)、氧化鋯(zirconia、ZrO 2)、氧化鋁、氧化鋅、氧化錫、氧化銅、鈦酸鋇、氧化鈮(Nb 2O 5等)等之無機氧化物(具體上為金屬氧化物)。由該等無機氧化物(例如金屬氧化物)構成之粒子可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。粒子P HRI之平均粒徑(係指根據雷射散射繞射法所得之50%體積平均粒徑)無特別限定,例如可從大約1nm以上且1000nm以下之範圍選擇。 (High refractive index particles) The adhesive composition disclosed here may contain high refractive index particles as an optional component. Here, the high refractive index particles mean particles that can increase the refractive index of the adhesive by including them in the adhesive. Hereinafter, high refractive index particles may be expressed as "particles P HRI ". HRI means high refractive index. The type of particle P HRI is not particularly limited. One or two or more materials that can increase the refractive index of the adhesive can be selected from metal particles, metal compound particles, organic particles, and organic-inorganic composite particles. Particle P HRI can be suitably used from inorganic oxides (such as metal oxides) that can increase the refractive index of the adhesive. Suitable examples of materials constituting the particles P HRI include titanium oxide (titania, TiO 2 ), zirconium oxide (zirconia, ZrO 2 ), aluminum oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, copper oxide, barium titanate, and niobium oxide (Nb 2 O 5 , etc.) and other inorganic oxides (specifically, metal oxides). Particles composed of these inorganic oxides (for example, metal oxides) can be used singly or in combination of two or more types. The average particle diameter of the particles P HRI (referring to the 50% volume average particle diameter obtained by the laser scattering diffraction method) is not particularly limited, and may be selected from the range of approximately 1 nm or more and 1000 nm or less, for example.

黏著劑組成物中之粒子P HRI可在不損及在此揭示之技術所帶來之效果的範圍內使用適當量。又,上述粒子P HRI之含量可因應目標之折射率而不同。例如,上述粒子P HRI之含量可考慮所要求之黏著特性等來適當設定成可成為預定以上之折射率。在數個態樣中,黏著劑組成物中之粒子P HRI之含量在由該黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑中,例如小於10重量%,可小於1重量%,亦可小於0.1重量%。在此揭示之技術可在黏著劑組成物實質上不含粒子P HRI之態樣下實施。 The particles P HRI in the adhesive composition can be used in an appropriate amount within the range that does not impair the effects of the technology disclosed herein. In addition, the content of the above particles P HRI may vary according to the refractive index of the target. For example, the content of the above-mentioned particle P HRI can be appropriately set so that the refractive index becomes a predetermined or higher level in consideration of the required adhesive properties and the like. In several aspects, the content of the particles P HRI in the adhesive composition is, for example, less than 10% by weight, less than 1% by weight, or less than 0.1% by weight in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition. The techniques disclosed herein can be implemented in such a manner that the adhesive composition is substantially free of particle P HRI .

(調平劑) 在數個態樣中,黏著劑組成物中可為了提升由該組成物形成之黏著劑層的外觀(例如提升厚度之均一性)或提升黏著劑組成物之塗敷性等,視需求含有調平劑。調平劑之非限定之例可舉丙烯酸系調平劑、氟系調平劑、聚矽氧系調平劑等。調平劑例如可從市售之調平劑選擇適當之物,利用常法來使用。 (leveling agent) In several aspects, the adhesive composition may contain modifiers as needed in order to improve the appearance of the adhesive layer formed by the composition (for example, to improve the uniformity of thickness) or to improve the coating properties of the adhesive composition. Leveling agent. Non-limiting examples of leveling agents include acrylic leveling agents, fluorine leveling agents, silicone leveling agents, and the like. The leveling agent can be appropriately selected from commercially available leveling agents and used in a conventional manner.

(其他添加劑) 除此之外,在此揭示之黏著劑組成物亦可在不顯著妨礙本發明效果之範圍內視需求包含有軟化劑、著色劑(染料、顏料等)、充填劑、抗靜電劑、抗老化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、防腐劑等可使用於黏著劑組成物之公知的添加劑。針對所述各種添加劑,可依常法使用以往公知者,而無特別賦予本發明任何特徵,故省略詳細說明。 (Other additives) In addition, the adhesive composition disclosed here may also contain softeners, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, antistatic agents, and anti-aging agents as required within the scope that does not significantly hinder the effects of the present invention. Well-known additives that can be used in the adhesive composition include agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, and preservatives. As for the various additives mentioned above, conventionally known ones can be used in a conventional manner, and since they do not particularly impart any features to the present invention, detailed descriptions thereof are omitted.

在此揭示之技術所帶來之效果係藉由使用含上述丙烯酸系聚合物與特定塑化劑(130℃汽化量10%以下之塑化劑、例如分子量為350以上之塑化劑)的黏著劑組成物來達成。在此揭示之技術可適宜在使用以上述丙烯酸系聚合物與上述特定塑化劑為主體之黏著劑組成物之態樣中實施。因此,在數個理想態樣中,可採用上述丙烯酸系聚合物與上述特定塑化劑以外之成分(其他成分)之含量經限制的組成。例如,黏著劑組成物(進而為由該黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑)中,上述丙烯酸系聚合物與上述特定塑化劑之合計量可設為該黏著劑組成物之非揮發成分(即黏著劑)之75重量%以上(例如75重量%以上且100重量%以下或小於100重量%),可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,可為95重量%以上,可為98重量%以上,亦可為99重量%以上(例如大於99重量%)。上述丙烯酸系聚合物與上述特定塑化劑以外之成分之使用經抑制一事,在提高黏著劑之特性的穩定性方面來看是有利的。The effect brought about by the technology disclosed here is through the use of adhesives containing the above-mentioned acrylic polymer and a specific plasticizer (a plasticizer with a vaporization capacity of less than 10% at 130°C, such as a plasticizer with a molecular weight of 350 or more) agent composition to achieve. The technology disclosed here can be suitably implemented in an aspect using an adhesive composition mainly composed of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer and the above-mentioned specific plasticizer. Therefore, in some ideal aspects, a composition in which the content of the acrylic polymer and components other than the specific plasticizer (other components) is limited can be used. For example, in the adhesive composition (and thus the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition), the total amount of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer and the above-mentioned specific plasticizer can be set as the non-volatile component of the adhesive composition (i.e. adhesive) of more than 75% by weight (for example, more than 75% by weight and less than 100% by weight or less than 100% by weight), it can be more than 85% by weight, it can be more than 90% by weight, it can be more than 95% by weight, it can be 98 It may be more than 99% by weight (for example, more than 99% by weight). The fact that the use of components other than the above-mentioned acrylic polymer and the above-mentioned specific plasticizer is suppressed is advantageous in terms of improving the stability of the characteristics of the adhesive.

<黏著劑> 在此揭示之黏著劑例如可使用上述任一黏著劑組成物來形成。所述黏著劑可為藉由乾燥、交聯、聚合、冷卻等使溶劑型、活性能量線硬化型、水分散型、熱熔型等形態之黏著劑組成物硬化而成之黏著劑,亦即可為上述黏著劑組成物的硬化物。黏著劑組成物之硬化手段(例如乾燥、交聯、聚合、冷卻等)可僅應用1種,亦可同時或多階段應用2種以上。以溶劑型黏著劑組成物來說,典型上可使該組成物乾燥(宜為進一步交聯)來形成黏著劑。以活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組成物來說,典型上係藉由照射活性能量線使聚合反應及/或交聯反應進行而形成黏著劑。在必須以活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組成物進行乾燥時,可於乾燥後照射活性能量線。 <Adhesive> The adhesive disclosed herein can be formed using any of the above adhesive compositions, for example. The adhesive can be an adhesive that is hardened by drying, cross-linking, polymerizing, cooling, etc., from solvent-based, active energy ray-hardening, water-dispersed, hot-melt, etc. adhesive compositions, that is, It may be a hardened product of the above-mentioned adhesive composition. Only one method of hardening the adhesive composition (such as drying, cross-linking, polymerization, cooling, etc.) can be used, or two or more methods can be used simultaneously or in multiple stages. For solvent-based adhesive compositions, the composition is typically dried (preferably further cross-linked) to form the adhesive. For active energy ray-curable adhesive compositions, the adhesive is typically formed by irradiating active energy rays to proceed with polymerization and/or cross-linking reactions. When the active energy ray curable adhesive composition must be dried, active energy rays can be irradiated after drying.

(黏著劑中之塑化劑之加熱減量) 在此揭示之黏著劑可為下述者,其特徵在於:在130℃之環境下保持1小時後,該黏著劑中之塑化劑之減量以重量基準計為5%以下(具體而言為0~5重量%)。關於滿足該特性之黏著劑,即便進行對黏著劑之預定條件的加熱,該黏著劑中之塑化劑仍幾乎都會留在黏著劑內,而可維持其效果(主要為塑化效果)。因此,上述黏著劑已抑制塑化劑所致之特性變化,從而即便在使用環境下或長期使用之情況下,仍可發揮穩定之特性。上述在130℃下保持1小時後黏著劑中之塑化劑之減量宜小於3重量%,較宜小於1重量%,更宜小於0.5重量%,可小於0.3重量%,亦可為0.1重量%以下。上述在130℃下保持1小時後黏著劑中之塑化劑之減量可從在130℃下保持1小時前後黏著劑中之塑化劑之重量變化求出。黏著劑中之塑化劑量例如可藉由液體層析測定來定量。更具體而言,可以後述實施例中記載之方法來測定。 (Heating loss of plasticizer in adhesive) The adhesive disclosed here can be the following, which is characterized in that: after being kept in an environment of 130°C for 1 hour, the reduction of the plasticizer in the adhesive is less than 5% on a weight basis (specifically: 0~5% by weight). Regarding an adhesive that satisfies this characteristic, even if the adhesive is heated under predetermined conditions, almost all the plasticizer in the adhesive will remain in the adhesive and its effect (mainly the plasticizing effect) can be maintained. Therefore, the above-mentioned adhesive has suppressed the change in characteristics caused by the plasticizer, so that it can still exhibit stable characteristics even under the use environment or long-term use. The above-mentioned reduction of the plasticizer in the adhesive after being kept at 130°C for 1 hour should be less than 3% by weight, more preferably less than 1% by weight, more preferably less than 0.5% by weight, it can be less than 0.3% by weight, or it can be 0.1% by weight. the following. The above-mentioned loss of the plasticizer in the adhesive after being kept at 130°C for 1 hour can be calculated from the weight change of the plasticizer in the adhesive before and after being kept at 130°C for 1 hour. The amount of plasticizer in the adhesive can be quantified, for example, by liquid chromatography. More specifically, it can be measured by the method described in the Examples mentioned later.

(折射率) 由在此揭示之黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑的折射率較以往一般之丙烯酸系黏著劑的折射率更高。根據在此揭示之技術,可提供:折射率為例如1.55以上之黏著劑、可形成該黏著劑之黏著劑組成物、及包含上述黏著劑之黏著片。上述黏著劑之折射率為1.560以上是適當的,宜大於1.570。在數個理想態樣中,上述黏著劑之折射率可為1.575以上,可為1.580以上,可為1.585以上,可為1.590以上,亦可為1.595以上。根據具有所述折射率之黏著劑,在貼附於折射率高之材料的使用態樣中,可適宜抑制在與被黏著體之界面的光線反射。黏著劑之折射率的理想上限可因應被黏著體的折射率等而不同,故不受特定範圍所限,可為例如1.700以下,可為1.670以下,可為1.650以下,可為1.620以下,亦可為1.600以下。 (refractive index) The refractive index of the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition disclosed herein is higher than that of conventional acrylic adhesives. According to the technology disclosed here, it is possible to provide an adhesive having a refractive index of, for example, 1.55 or more, an adhesive composition capable of forming the adhesive, and an adhesive sheet including the adhesive. The refractive index of the above-mentioned adhesive is more than 1.560, preferably greater than 1.570. In several ideal aspects, the refractive index of the adhesive can be above 1.575, above 1.580, above 1.585, above 1.590, or above 1.595. The adhesive having the above refractive index can suitably suppress light reflection at the interface with the adherend when it is attached to a material with a high refractive index. The ideal upper limit of the refractive index of the adhesive may vary depending on the refractive index of the adherend, etc., so it is not limited to a specific range. It may be, for example, 1.700 or less, 1.670 or less, 1.650 or less, 1.620 or less, or Can be below 1.600.

黏著劑之折射率可藉由例如該黏著劑之組成(例如構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分的組成)來調節。具體上,藉由單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量多的丙烯酸系聚合物或選定塑化劑種類等,可調製出顯示預定以上之折射率的黏著劑。The refractive index of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by the composition of the adhesive (eg, the composition of the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer). Specifically, an adhesive exhibiting a refractive index above a predetermined level can be prepared by using an acrylic polymer containing a large amount of monomer (A1) in the monomer component or by selecting a type of plasticizer.

此外,本說明書中,黏著劑之折射率意指該黏著劑之表面(黏著面)的折射率。黏著劑之折射率可使用市售的折射率測定裝置(阿貝折射率計),在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。阿貝折射率計例如可使用ATAGO公司製之型式「DR-M4」或其等效品。測定試樣可使用由評估對象之黏著劑構成之黏著劑層。黏著劑之折射率具體上可以後述實施例記載之方法來測定。In addition, in this specification, the refractive index of the adhesive means the refractive index of the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive. The refractive index of the adhesive can be measured using a commercially available refractive index measuring device (Abbe refractometer) at a measuring wavelength of 589 nm and a measuring temperature of 25°C. An Abbe refractometer, for example, model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO Co., Ltd. or its equivalent can be used. The measurement sample can use an adhesive layer composed of the adhesive of the evaluation object. The refractive index of the adhesive can be measured specifically by the method described in the Examples described below.

(儲存彈性模數G') 雖不限於特定範圍,但黏著劑在0℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)例如可小於1.0×10 8Pa,可小於5.0×10 7Pa,可小於1.0×10 7Pa,亦可小於5.0×10 6Pa。具有上述儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)之黏著劑在0℃附近至其以上之溫度區域中,具有適度之柔軟性,例如可良好密著於被黏著體。上述儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)的下限無特別限定,例如為1.0×10 2Pa以上,亦可為1.0×10 3Pa以上。藉由上述儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)為預定值以上,黏著劑例如容易成為在一般溫度區域至高溫區域中具有適度之凝集力者。在數個態樣中,黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)例如為1.0×10 6Pa以下,宜為5.0×10 5Pa以下,可為2.0×10 5Pa以下,可為1.0×10 5Pa以下,可為7.0×10 4Pa以下,可為5.0×10 4Pa以下,亦可為3.0×10 4Pa以下。又,上述儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)宜為1.0×10 4Pa以上,較宜為2.0×10 4Pa以上,更宜為4.0×10 4Pa以上,可為6.0×10 4Pa以上,亦可為1.0×10 5Pa以上。具有上述範圍之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)之黏著劑可成為兼顧高折射率與柔軟性且具有可承受反覆彎折操作之柔軟性者。 (Storage elastic modulus G') Although not limited to a specific range, the storage elastic modulus G' (0°C) of the adhesive at 0°C can be, for example, less than 1.0×10 8 Pa, or less than 5.0×10 7 Pa, or It is less than 1.0×10 7 Pa and can also be less than 5.0×10 6 Pa. The adhesive with the above-mentioned storage elastic modulus G' (0°C) has moderate flexibility in the temperature range from around 0°C to above, and can adhere well to the adherend, for example. The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G' (0°C) is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1.0×10 2 Pa or more, or 1.0×10 3 Pa or more. When the storage elastic modulus G' (0° C.) is equal to or higher than a predetermined value, the adhesive can easily have moderate cohesion in a normal temperature range to a high temperature range. In several aspects, the storage elastic modulus G' (0°C) of the adhesive is, for example, 1.0×10 6 Pa or less, preferably 5.0×10 5 Pa or less, 2.0×10 5 Pa or less, or 1.0 ×10 5 Pa or less, 7.0 × 10 4 Pa or less, 5.0 × 10 4 Pa or less, or 3.0 × 10 4 Pa or less. In addition, the storage elastic modulus G' (0°C) is preferably 1.0×10 4 Pa or more, more preferably 2.0×10 4 Pa or more, more preferably 4.0×10 4 Pa or more, and may be 6.0×10 4 Pa or more. , it can also be 1.0×10 5 Pa or more. An adhesive with a storage elastic modulus G' (0°C) in the above range can have both high refractive index and flexibility, and has flexibility that can withstand repeated bending operations.

在此揭示之黏著劑在-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)無特別限定,例如可小於1.0×10 10Pa,可小於1.0×10 9Pa,為5.0×10 8Pa以下是適當的,可為1.0×10 8Pa以下,可為5.0×10 7Pa以下,可為1.0×10 7Pa以下,可為5.0×10 6Pa以下,可為1.0×10 6Pa以下,亦可為5.0×10 5Pa以下。如上述儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)經限制之黏著劑可成為具有特別優異之柔軟性者。例如,可成為在更低之溫度區域中具有良好之柔軟性,且在包含低溫區域在內之寬廣溫度區域中具有可承受反覆彎折操作之柔軟性者。上述儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)的下限無特別限定,例如為1.0×10 2Pa以上,為1.0×10 3Pa以上是適當的,宜為1.0×10 4Pa以上,較宜為1.0×10 5Pa以上,可為5.0×10 5Pa以上,亦可為1.0×10 6Pa以上。具有上述儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)之黏著劑可成為具有柔軟性且同時具備適度之凝集力者。又,根據具有上述儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)之黏著劑,有即便在低溫區域中仍容易兼顧高折射率與柔軟性之傾向。 The storage elastic modulus G' (-20°C) of the adhesive disclosed here is not particularly limited, for example, it can be less than 1.0×10 10 Pa, it can be less than 1.0×10 9 Pa, it can be 5.0×10 8 Pa The following are suitable: 1.0×10 8 Pa or less, 5.0×10 7 Pa or less, 1.0×10 7 Pa or less, 5.0×10 6 Pa or less, 1.0×10 6 Pa or less, It may be 5.0×10 5 Pa or less. An adhesive whose storage elastic modulus G' (-20°C) is limited as mentioned above can become one with particularly excellent softness. For example, it can have good flexibility in a lower temperature range and flexibility that can withstand repeated bending operations in a wide temperature range including a low temperature range. The lower limit of the above-mentioned storage elastic modulus G' (-20°C) is not particularly limited. For example, it is 1.0×10 2 Pa or more, and 1.0×10 3 Pa or more is appropriate. It is preferably 1.0×10 4 Pa or more, and more preferably 1.0×10 5 Pa or above, may be 5.0×10 5 Pa or above, or may be 1.0×10 6 Pa or above. An adhesive having the above-mentioned storage elastic modulus G' (-20°C) can be flexible and have moderate cohesion. In addition, according to the adhesive having the above-mentioned storage elastic modulus G' (-20° C.), there is a tendency that it is easy to achieve both high refractive index and flexibility even in a low-temperature region.

在此揭示之黏著劑在25下之儲存彈性模數G'(25℃)無特別限定,例如小於1.0×10 6Pa是適當的,宜小於5.0×10 5Pa,較宜小於3.0×10 5Pa,可小於1.0×10 5Pa,亦可為5.0×10 4Pa以下。如上述儲存彈性模數G'(25℃)經限制之黏著劑在室溫環境等一般使用溫度下具有良好之柔軟性。上述儲存彈性模數G'(25℃)的下限無特別限定,例如為1.0×10 2Pa以上,為5.0×10 2Pa以上是適當的,宜為1.0×10 3Pa以上,較宜為5.0×10 3Pa以上,亦可為1.0×10 4Pa以上。具有上述儲存彈性模數G'(25℃)之黏著劑有在一般使用溫度下具有適度之凝集力的傾向。 The storage elastic modulus G' (25°C) of the adhesive disclosed here is not particularly limited. For example, less than 1.0×10 6 Pa is appropriate, preferably less than 5.0×10 5 Pa, and more preferably less than 3.0×10 5 Pa may be less than 1.0×10 5 Pa or less than 5.0×10 4 Pa. An adhesive with a limited storage elastic modulus G' (25°C) as mentioned above has good flexibility under normal use temperatures such as room temperature. The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G' (25°C) is not particularly limited. For example, it is 1.0×10 2 Pa or more, and 5.0×10 2 Pa or more is appropriate. It is preferably 1.0×10 3 Pa or more, and more preferably 5.0. ×10 3 Pa or more, or 1.0 × 10 4 Pa or more. Adhesives with the above-mentioned storage elastic modulus G' (25°C) tend to have moderate cohesion at normal operating temperatures.

(儲存彈性模數比) 在數個態樣中,可使用0℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)相對於25℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(25℃)之比(G'(0℃)/G'(25℃))在1~1000之範圍內的黏著劑作為黏著劑。根據滿足上述特性之黏著劑,因已抑制在0℃至室溫區域為止之溫度區域中的彈性模數變化,故容易發揮對溫度變化呈穩定之特性(柔軟性等)。上述比(G'(0℃)/G'(25℃))為300以下是適當的,宜為100以下,較宜為50以下,可為25以下,可為10以下,亦可為5以下。上述比(G'(0℃)/G'(25℃))的下限值例如可為2以上,亦可為3以上。 (storage elastic modulus ratio) In several aspects, the ratio of the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) at 0°C to the storage elastic modulus G'(25°C) at 25°C (G'(0°C)/G '(25℃)) in the range of 1~1000 is used as an adhesive. An adhesive that satisfies the above characteristics can easily exhibit characteristics (flexibility, etc.) that are stable against temperature changes because the change in elastic modulus in the temperature range from 0°C to room temperature is suppressed. The above ratio (G'(0°C)/G'(25°C)) is suitably 300 or less, preferably 100 or less, more preferably 50 or less, 25 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less. . The lower limit of the ratio (G'(0°C)/G'(25°C)) may be, for example, 2 or more, or may be 3 or more.

在數個態樣中,可使用-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)相對於25℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(25℃)之比(G'(-20℃)/G'(25℃))在1~1000之範圍內的黏著劑作為黏著劑。根據滿足上述特性之黏著劑,因已抑制在更低溫度區域至室溫區域為止之寬廣溫度區域中的彈性模數變化,故可發揮對溫度變化呈穩定之特性(柔軟性等)。上述比(G'(-20℃)/G'(25℃))可為500以下,可為300以下,可為150以下,亦可為100以下。上述比(G'(-20℃)/G'(25℃))的下限值例如可為5以上,可為50以上,可為100以上,亦可為200以上。In several aspects, the ratio of the storage elastic modulus G'(-20°C) at -20°C to the storage elastic modulus G'(25°C) at 25°C (G'(-20°C) can be used )/G'(25℃)) in the range of 1~1000 is used as the adhesive. Adhesives that satisfy the above characteristics can exhibit characteristics (flexibility, etc.) that are stable against temperature changes because the change in elastic modulus is suppressed in a wide temperature range from a lower temperature range to a room temperature range. The above ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)) may be 500 or less, 300 or less, 150 or less, or 100 or less. The lower limit of the ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)) may be, for example, 5 or more, 50 or more, 100 or more, or 200 or more.

(在130℃下保持1小時後之彈性模數變化) 在數個態樣中,宜使用下述黏著劑:將黏著劑在130℃之環境下保持1小時後在-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'1、與在130℃之環境下保持1小時前在-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'0的比(G'1/G'0)為50以下(具體上為1~50)。滿足該特性之黏著劑即使暴露在高溫之情況下,彈性模數之變化仍被限制在預定範圍內,而可發揮穩定之特性。上述比(G'1/G'0)宜為30以下,較宜為10以下,更宜為3以下,可為2以下,亦可小於1.5。 (Change in elastic modulus after holding at 130°C for 1 hour) In several aspects, it is advisable to use the following adhesive: the storage elastic modulus G'1 at -20°C after the adhesive is kept at 130°C for 1 hour, and the storage elastic modulus G'1 at 130°C. The ratio of storage elastic modulus G'0 (G'1/G'0) at -20°C hours ago was 50 or less (specifically, 1 to 50). Even if an adhesive that meets this characteristic is exposed to high temperatures, the change in elastic modulus is still limited to a predetermined range and can exhibit stable characteristics. The above ratio (G'1/G'0) is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 10 or less, more preferably 3 or less, it may be 2 or less, or it may be less than 1.5.

(玻璃轉移溫度) 黏著劑之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)無特別限定,可考慮在低溫區域下之柔軟性或在高溫區域下之凝集力(耐熱性等)來設定。在數個態樣中,黏著劑之Tg例如為30℃以下,可為15℃以下,亦可為10℃以下。在數個理想態樣中,由柔軟性之觀點來看,黏著劑之Tg為5℃以下,可為0℃以下,可為-5℃以下,可為-10℃以下,亦可為-15℃以下(例如-20℃以下)。黏著劑之Tg愈低,有與被黏著體之密著性等黏著特性愈優異之傾向。又,藉由將黏著劑之Tg設定得較低,則可抑制在高於Tg之溫度區域中的彈性模數變化。黏著劑之Tg的下限值例如為-50℃以上,為-40℃以上是適當的,亦可為-30℃以上。根據具有上述Tg之黏著劑,有可容易獲得適當之凝集力的傾向。且,有容易形成兼顧高折射率與柔軟性之黏著劑的傾向。在數個態樣中,黏著劑之Tg可為-25℃以上,可為-12℃以上,可為-3℃以上,亦可高於0℃。 (glass transition temperature) The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the adhesive is not particularly limited, but can be set taking into account the flexibility in low-temperature areas or the cohesion (heat resistance, etc.) in high-temperature areas. In several aspects, the Tg of the adhesive is, for example, 30°C or lower, may be 15°C or lower, or may be 10°C or lower. In several ideal aspects, from the perspective of flexibility, the Tg of the adhesive is below 5°C, may be below 0°C, may be below -5°C, may be below -10°C, may be below -15 ℃ or below (for example, below -20 ℃). The lower the Tg of an adhesive, the more excellent the adhesive properties such as adhesion to the adherend tend to be. In addition, by setting the Tg of the adhesive to be low, the elastic modulus change in a temperature range higher than Tg can be suppressed. The lower limit of the Tg of the adhesive is, for example, -50°C or higher, preferably -40°C or higher, and may also be -30°C or higher. According to the adhesive having the above-mentioned Tg, appropriate cohesive force tends to be easily obtained. Furthermore, it tends to form an adhesive that has both high refractive index and flexibility. In several aspects, the Tg of the adhesive can be above -25°C, above -12°C, above -3°C, or above 0°C.

黏著劑在上述各溫度下之儲存彈性模數G'及黏著劑之Tg可藉由後述實施例記載之方法測定,並可從其結果算出各儲存彈性模數比。在130℃下保持1小時後之彈性模數變化具體上可以後述實施例記載之方法來測定。黏著劑之各儲存彈性模數G'、各儲存彈性模數比、在130℃下保持1小時後之彈性模數變化及Tg例如可藉由選擇構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分的組成(例如選擇單體(A1)之種類及含量)、選擇塑化劑種類或使用量、有無使用交聯劑以及選擇種類及使用量、有無使用添加劑以及選擇種類及使用量等來調節。The storage elastic modulus G' of the adhesive at each of the above temperatures and the Tg of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the examples described below, and each storage elastic modulus ratio can be calculated from the results. The change in elastic modulus after holding at 130° C. for 1 hour can be measured specifically by the method described in the examples below. Each storage elastic modulus G' of the adhesive, each storage elastic modulus ratio, the elastic modulus change after holding at 130°C for 1 hour, and Tg can be determined by, for example, selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer ( For example, select the type and content of monomer (A1)), select the type or amount of plasticizer, whether to use cross-linking agent and select the type and amount, whether to use additives, and select the type and amount, etc. to adjust.

(霧度值) 在數個態樣中,黏著劑(例如構成黏著片之黏著劑層)之霧度值例如可為5.0%以下,宜為3.0%以下,較宜為2.0%以下,更宜為1.0%以下,可為0.9%以下,可為0.8%以下,可為0.5%以下,亦可為0.3%以下。如所述透明性高之黏著劑可適宜應用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上、或要求可通過該黏著劑良好地視辨被黏著體之性能的用途上。黏著劑之霧度值的下限無特別限制,由提升透明性之觀點來看霧度值越小越好。另一方面,在數個態樣中,考量到折射率或黏著特性,霧度值例如可為0.05%以上,亦可為0.10%以上。關於黏著劑之該等霧度值亦可適宜應用於將在此揭示之技術以無基材之黏著片(典型上為由黏著劑層構成之黏著片)之形態實施時之該黏著片的霧度值。 (Haze value) In several aspects, the haze value of the adhesive (such as the adhesive layer constituting the adhesive sheet) can be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, It may be 0.9% or less, it may be 0.8% or less, it may be 0.5% or less, or it may be 0.3% or less. Adhesives with such high transparency can be suitably used in applications that require high light transmittance (such as optical applications) or applications that require good visibility of the performance of the adherend through the adhesive. There is no particular lower limit for the haze value of the adhesive. From the perspective of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the better. On the other hand, in several aspects, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or 0.10% or more, taking into account the refractive index or adhesive properties. These haze values regarding the adhesive can also be appropriately applied to the haze of the adhesive sheet when the technology disclosed herein is implemented in the form of an adhesive sheet without a substrate (typically an adhesive sheet composed of an adhesive layer). degree value.

在此「霧度值」意指對測定對象照射可見光時漫透射光相對於全透射光之比率。亦稱為Haze Value。霧度值可以下式表示。 Th(%)=Td/Tt×100 上述式中,Th為霧度值(%),Td為散射光透射率,Tt為全光透射率。霧度值之測定可依後述實施例記載之方法來進行。黏著劑之霧度值可藉由例如選擇該黏著劑層之組成或厚度等來調節。 The "haze value" here means the ratio of diffusely transmitted light to total transmitted light when a measurement object is irradiated with visible light. Also known as Haze Value. The haze value can be expressed by the following formula. Th(%)=Td/Tt×100 In the above formula, Th is the haze value (%), Td is the scattered light transmittance, and Tt is the total light transmittance. The haze value can be measured according to the method described in the examples below. The haze value of the adhesive can be adjusted by, for example, selecting the composition or thickness of the adhesive layer.

(全光線透射率) 在數個態樣中,黏著劑(層)之全光線透射率宜為85.0%以上(例如88.0%以上、90.0%以上或大於90.0%)。如所述透明性高之黏著劑可適宜應用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上、或要求可通過該黏著劑良好地視辨被黏著體之性能的用途上。全光線透射率的上限在實用上可為例如大約98%以下,可為大約96%以下,亦可為大約95%以下。在數個態樣中,考量到折射率或黏著特性,黏著劑之全光線透射率可為大約94%以下,可為大約93%以下,亦可為大約92%以下。全光線透射率係根據JIS K 7136:2000,使用市售的透射率計來測定。透射率計可使用村上色彩技術研究所製之商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」或其等效品。全光線透射率可依後述實施例記載之方法來測定。黏著劑之全光線透射率可藉由例如選擇該黏著劑之組成或厚度等來調節。 (total light transmittance) In several aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive (layer) is preferably above 85.0% (for example, above 88.0%, above 90.0%, or above 90.0%). Adhesives with such high transparency can be suitably used in applications that require high light transmittance (such as optical applications) or applications that require good visibility of the performance of the adherend through the adhesive. Practically, the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, about 98% or less, about 96% or less, or about 95% or less. In several aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive may be about 94% or less, may be about 93% or less, or may be about 92% or less, taking into account refractive index or adhesive properties. The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the trade name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute or its equivalent can be used. The total light transmittance can be measured according to the method described in the Examples described later. The total light transmittance of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition or thickness of the adhesive.

又,在數個態樣中,黏著劑在反覆進行10次彎折試驗後彎折部之全光線透射率(彎折試驗後之全光線透射率)宜維持在彎折試驗前之全光線透射率的85%以上,前述彎折試驗係在25℃下將片狀黏著劑各面以半徑2mm彎折成U字形並以該操作為1組之試驗。滿足上述特性之黏著劑即使對於反覆之彎折,其光學特性之變化(例如白化)仍少,因此適於折疊式顯示器用途等預想有彎折的光學用途。上述彎折試驗後之全光線透射率較宜為彎折試驗前之全光線透射率的90%以上,更宜為95%以上,尤宜為98%以上(例如99%以上)。上述彎折試驗後之全光線透射率可藉由選擇構成基底聚合物之單體成分的組成、設定基底聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)、選擇塑化劑種類或使用量、有無使用交聯劑以及選擇種類及使用量、有無使用添加劑以及選擇種類及使用量等來調節。In addition, in several aspects, the total light transmittance of the bending part of the adhesive after repeated bending tests for 10 times (total light transmittance after the bending test) should be maintained at the total light transmittance before the bending test. The rate is more than 85%. The aforementioned bending test is a test in which each side of the sheet adhesive is bent into a U-shape with a radius of 2 mm at 25°C and this operation is regarded as one group. Adhesives that satisfy the above characteristics have little change in optical properties (such as whitening) even if they are repeatedly bent, so they are suitable for optical applications where bending is expected, such as foldable displays. The total light transmittance after the above-mentioned bending test is preferably more than 90% of the total light transmittance before the bend test, more preferably more than 95%, especially more than 98% (for example, more than 99%). The total light transmittance after the above-mentioned bending test can be determined by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer, setting the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the base polymer, selecting the type or amount of plasticizer, and whether cross-linking is used Adjust by selecting the type and amount of additives, whether or not to use additives, and selecting the type and amount.

上述彎折試驗後之全光線透射率係以下述方法測定。即,將黏著劑層裁切成2cm×10cm之長方形,獲得測定用試驗片。將φ4mm之圓柱狀棒水平固定在對測定來說充分之高度,使上述所得試驗片覆於棒上,使其中一面以半徑2mm撓曲成U字形後保持1分鐘。具體而言,係將上述試驗片其長度方向之中央部分覆於棒上,使其成倒U字形。接著,以夾具(13g)固定位於試驗片下方之兩端,並於該夾具上透過長度1cm之線懸吊60g之砝碼並固定,對試驗片之撓曲部施加荷重。在該狀態下,將試驗片在預定溫度環境(或25℃)下保持1分鐘,經過1分鐘後,從棒取下試驗片。接著,在相同溫度環境下,對試驗片之另一面(上述其中一面之相反面)亦與上述其中一面同樣地,用上述其中一面之彎折部之相反側以半徑2mm撓曲成U字形後保持1分鐘。在同一試驗片之上述彎折部反覆進行10次以其為1組之彎折試驗後,藉由與後述實施例記載之全光線透射率之測定方法相同之方法,對上述彎折部測定彎折後之全光線透射率[%]。The total light transmittance after the above-mentioned bending test was measured by the following method. That is, the adhesive layer was cut into a rectangular shape of 2 cm×10 cm to obtain a test piece for measurement. A cylindrical rod with a diameter of 4 mm is fixed horizontally at a height sufficient for measurement, and the test piece obtained above is placed on the rod, and one side is bent into a U-shape with a radius of 2 mm and held for 1 minute. Specifically, the center portion of the test piece in the longitudinal direction is placed on a rod to form an inverted U shape. Then, fix the two ends below the test piece with a clamp (13g), hang a 60g weight on the clamp through a 1cm long wire and fix it, and apply a load to the flexural part of the test piece. In this state, the test piece is kept in a predetermined temperature environment (or 25° C.) for 1 minute, and after 1 minute, the test piece is removed from the rod. Next, under the same temperature environment, the other side of the test piece (the side opposite to the above-mentioned one side) is bent into a U-shape with a radius of 2 mm using the opposite side of the bending part of the above-mentioned one side in the same manner as the above-mentioned one side. Hold for 1 minute. After repeatedly performing a bending test on the above-mentioned bent portion of the same test piece 10 times as a set, the bending test of the above-mentioned bent portion was measured using the same method as the measurement method of the total light transmittance described in the Examples described later. Total light transmittance after refraction [%].

(變形特性) 雖無特別限定,但在數個態樣中,黏著劑在溫度-20℃、速度300mm/分鐘之條件下實施之變形試驗中之變形量宜為350%以上。滿足該特性之黏著劑即便在低溫環境下仍可高速且充分變形,而可承受大之變形。滿足上述特性之黏著劑可理想的具有高折射率,而且可承受使用在諸如折疊式顯示器用途等伴隨大變形之用途上。 (deformation characteristics) Although there is no particular limit, in several aspects, the deformation amount of the adhesive in the deformation test carried out at a temperature of -20°C and a speed of 300mm/min is preferably more than 350%. Adhesives that meet this characteristic can deform at high speed and fully even in low temperature environments, and can withstand large deformations. An adhesive that satisfies the above characteristics would ideally have a high refractive index and be able to withstand use in applications involving large deformation, such as foldable display applications.

又,在此揭示之黏著劑在溫度-20℃、速度300mm/分鐘之條件下實施之變形試驗中,變形量350%下之應力宜為5.0N/mm 2以下。滿足上述特性之黏著劑具有高折射率,且即便在低溫環境下仍可保持預定以上之柔軟性,並且可高速且充分變形。故,適於使用在伴隨大變形之用途上。在數個理想態樣中,上述變形量350%下之應力可為4.9N/mm 2以下、4.8N/mm 2以下、4.7N/mm 2以下或4.6N/mm 2以下,亦可為4.5N/mm 2以下、4.4N/mm 2以下、4.3N/mm 2以下、4.2N/mm 2以下、4.1N/mm 2以下、4.0N/mm 2以下、3.9N/mm 2以下、3.8N/mm 2以下、3.7N/mm 2以下、3.6N/mm 2以下、3.5N/mm 2以下、3.4N/mm 2以下、3.3N/mm 2以下、3.2N/mm 2以下、3.1N/mm 2以下、3.0N/mm 2以下、2.9N/mm 2以下、2.8N/mm 2以下、2.7N/mm 2以下、2.6N/mm 2以下、2.5N/mm 2以下、2.4N/mm 2以下、2.3N/mm 2以下或2.2N/mm 2以下。上述變形量350%下之應力的下限值理論上可為0.0N/mm 2以上,在數個理想態樣中可為0.1N/mm 2以上、0.2N/mm 2以上、0.3N/mm 2以上、0.4N/mm 2以上、0.5N/mm 2以上、0.6N/mm 2以上、0.7N/mm 2以上、0.8N/mm 2以上、0.9N/mm 2以上、1.0N/mm 2以上、1.1N/mm 2以上、1.2N/mm 2以上、1.3N/mm 2以上、1.4N/mm 2以上、1.5N/mm 2以上、1.6N/mm 2以上、1.7N/mm 2以上、1.8N/mm 2以上、1.9N/mm 2以上、2.0N/mm 2以上、2.1N/mm 2以上或2.2N/mm 2以上,亦可為2.3N/mm 2以上、2.4N/mm 2以上、2.5N/mm 2以上、2.6N/mm 2以上、2.7N/mm 2以上、2.8N/mm 2以上、2.9N/mm 2以上、3.0N/mm 2以上、3.1N/mm 2以上、3.2N/mm 2以上、3.3N/mm 2以上、3.4N/mm 2以上、3.5N/mm 2以上、3.6N/mm 2以上、3.7N/mm 2以上、3.8N/mm 2以上、3.9N/mm 2以上、4.0N/mm 2以上、4.1N/mm 2以上、4.2N/mm 2以上、4.3N/mm 2以上、4.4N/mm 2以上、4.5N/mm 2以上或4.6N/mm 2以上。具有上述變形量350%下之應力的黏著劑可成為具有柔軟性且同時具備適度之凝集力者。 In addition, in the deformation test of the adhesive disclosed here at a temperature of -20°C and a speed of 300 mm/min, the stress at a deformation amount of 350% is preferably 5.0 N/mm 2 or less. Adhesives that meet the above characteristics have a high refractive index, can maintain flexibility above a predetermined level even in low-temperature environments, and can be fully deformed at high speeds. Therefore, it is suitable for use in applications involving large deformations. In several ideal forms, the stress at 350% deformation can be 4.9N/mm 2 or less, 4.8N/mm 2 or less, 4.7N/mm 2 or less, or 4.6N/mm 2 or less, or 4.5 N/mm 2 or less, 4.4N/mm 2 or less, 4.3N/mm 2 or less, 4.2N/mm 2 or less, 4.1N/mm 2 or less, 4.0N/mm 2 or less, 3.9N/mm 2 or less, 3.8N /mm 2 or less, 3.7N/mm 2 or less, 3.6N/mm 2 or less, 3.5N/mm 2 or less, 3.4N/mm 2 or less, 3.3N/mm 2 or less, 3.2N/mm 2 or less, 3.1N/ mm 2 or less, 3.0N/mm 2 or less, 2.9N/mm 2 or less, 2.8N/mm 2 or less, 2.7N/mm 2 or less, 2.6N/mm 2 or less, 2.5N/mm 2 or less, 2.4N/mm 2 or less, 2.3N/mm 2 or less or 2.2N/mm 2 or less. The lower limit of the above-mentioned stress at 350% deformation can theoretically be 0.0N/mm 2 or more, and in several ideal forms it can be 0.1N/mm 2 or more, 0.2N/mm 2 or more, or 0.3N/mm 2 or more, 0.4N/mm 2 or more, 0.5N/mm 2 or more, 0.6N/mm 2 or more, 0.7N/mm 2 or more, 0.8N/mm 2 or more, 0.9N/mm 2 or more, 1.0N/mm 2 Above, 1.1N/mm 2 and above, 1.2N/mm 2 and above, 1.3N/mm 2 and above, 1.4N/mm 2 and above, 1.5N/mm 2 and above, 1.6N/mm 2 and above, 1.7N/mm 2 and above , 1.8N/mm 2 or more, 1.9N/mm 2 or more, 2.0N/mm 2 or more, 2.1N/mm 2 or more or 2.2N/mm 2 or more, it can also be 2.3N/mm 2 or more, 2.4N/mm 2 or more 2 or more, 2.5N/mm 2 or more, 2.6N/mm 2 or more, 2.7N/mm 2 or more, 2.8N/mm 2 or more, 2.9N/mm 2 or more, 3.0N/mm 2 or more, 3.1N/mm 2 Above, 3.2N/mm 2 and above, 3.3N/mm 2 and above, 3.4N/mm 2 and above, 3.5N/mm 2 and above, 3.6N/mm 2 and above, 3.7N/mm 2 and above, 3.8N/mm 2 and above , 3.9N/mm 2 or more, 4.0N/mm 2 or more, 4.1N/mm 2 or more, 4.2N/mm 2 or more, 4.3N/mm 2 or more, 4.4N/mm 2 or more, 4.5N/mm 2 or more or 4.6N/mm 2 or more. An adhesive having the above-mentioned stress of 350% deformation can be flexible and have moderate cohesion.

在數個態樣中,黏著劑在溫度-20℃、速度300mm/分鐘之條件下實施之變形試驗中變形量350%下之應力S(-20℃)、與在溫度25℃、速度300mm/分鐘之條件下實施之變形試驗中變形量350%下之應力S(25℃)的比(S(-20℃)/S(25℃))宜為50以下。根據滿足上述特性之黏著劑,可在包括低溫區域之寬廣溫度區域中發揮穩定之性能。在數個理想態樣中,上述比(S(-20℃)/S(25℃))可為49以下、48以下、47以下、46以下、45以下、44以下、43以下、42以下、41以下、40以下、39以下、38以下、37以下、36以下、35以下、34以下、33以下、32以下或31以下,亦可為30以下、29以下、28以下、27以下、26以下、25以下、24以下、23以下、22以下、21以下、20以下、19以下、18以下、17以下、16以下或15以下。上述比(S(-20℃)/S(25℃))的下限通常為0以上,在數個理想態樣中,可為1以上、2以上、3以上、4以上、5以上、6以上、7以上、8以上、9以上、10以上、11以上、12以上、13以上、14以上或15以上,亦可為16以上、17以上、18以上、19以上、20以上、21以上、22以上、23以上、24以上、25以上、26以上、27以上、28以上、29以上、30以上或31以上。In several aspects, the stress S (-20°C) at a deformation amount of 350% in the deformation test of the adhesive at a temperature of -20°C and a speed of 300mm/min is the same as that at a temperature of 25°C and a speed of 300mm/min. In a deformation test conducted under conditions of 10 minutes, the ratio of stress S (25°C) at a deformation amount of 350% (S(-20°C)/S(25°C)) should be 50 or less. Adhesives that satisfy the above characteristics can provide stable performance in a wide temperature range, including low-temperature areas. In several ideal aspects, the above ratio (S(-20°C)/S(25°C)) may be 49 or less, 48 or less, 47 or less, 46 or less, 45 or less, 44 or less, 43 or less, 42 or less, 41 or less, 40 or less, 39 or less, 38 or less, 37 or less, 36 or less, 35 or less, 34 or less, 33 or less, 32 or less or 31 or less. It can also be 30 or less, 29 or less, 28 or less, 27 or less or 26 or less. , 25 or less, 24 or less, 23 or less, 22 or less, 21 or less, 20 or less, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less or 15 or less. The lower limit of the above ratio (S(-20°C)/S(25°C)) is usually 0 or more. In several ideal aspects, it can be 1 or more, 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, or 6 or more. , 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 11 or more, 12 or more, 13 or more, 14 or more or 15 or more, it can also be 16 or more, 17 or more, 18 or more, 19 or more, 20 or more, 21 or more, 22 Above, above 23, above 24, above 25, above 26, above 27, above 28, above 29, above 30, or above 31.

在上述溫度-20℃或25℃、速度300mm/分鐘之條件下實施之變形試驗,具體上可以下述方法實施。 [變形試驗] 將黏著劑層裁切成長度300mm、剖面積為1mm 2之寬度,並在23℃、50%RH之環境下將黏著劑層捲成筒狀,而獲得試驗片。使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製,裝置名「精密萬能試驗機Autograph AG-X plus 5kN」),在-20℃、夾具間距離100mm、拉伸速度300mm/分鐘之條件下進行上述試驗片之變形試驗(拉伸試驗)求出S-S曲線,評估試驗片是否有變形(伸長)350%以上。當試驗片變形了350%以上時,測定350%變形時之應力[N/mm 2]。上述變形試驗中,將在-20℃下可變形350%以上之黏著劑判定為可承受大變形之黏著劑。 又,除了將上述變形試驗之溫度變更成25℃外,以與上述相同方式實施變形試驗,測定350%變形時之應力[N/mm 2]。從所得結果求出在溫度-20℃、速度300mm/分鐘之條件下實施之變形試驗中變形量350%下之應力S(-20℃)、與在溫度25℃、速度300mm/分鐘之條件下實施之變形試驗中變形量350%下之應力S(25℃)的比(S(-20℃)/S(25℃))。 此外,黏著劑層之厚度較小時,為了提升操作性等,亦可使用調製成厚度為5µm以上(例如5µm~200µm左右)之試驗片來實施上述變形試驗。試驗片之厚度可藉由例如適當疊合黏著劑層來調節。又,亦可使用與形成測定對象之黏著劑層所用者相同之黏著劑組成物,製作出容易進行變形試驗之厚度的試驗片,並對該試驗片進行上述變形試驗。上述變形試驗例如可使用厚度10µm~50µm左右之試驗片來實施。又,在試驗時,宜在夾持處之黏著面塗敷粉末,事先去除黏著劑之沾黏所致之影響。 The deformation test carried out under the above conditions of -20°C or 25°C and speed of 300mm/min can be carried out specifically by the following method. [Deformation test] Cut the adhesive layer into a length of 300mm and a cross-sectional area of 1mm 2 in width, and roll the adhesive layer into a cylinder in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH to obtain a test piece. Using a tensile testing machine (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, device name "Precision Universal Testing Machine Autograph AG-X plus 5kN"), the above test pieces were tested at -20°C, the distance between the clamps is 100mm, and the tensile speed is 300mm/min. The deformation test (tensile test) determines the SS curve and evaluates whether the test piece is deformed (elongated) by 350% or more. When the test piece is deformed by more than 350%, measure the stress at 350% deformation [N/mm 2 ]. In the above deformation test, adhesives that can deform more than 350% at -20°C are judged as adhesives that can withstand large deformation. Moreover, except that the temperature of the said deformation test was changed to 25 degreeC, the deformation test was carried out in the same manner as above, and the stress [N/ mm2 ] at 350% deformation was measured. From the obtained results, the stress S (-20°C) at a deformation amount of 350% in the deformation test conducted at a temperature of -20°C and a speed of 300mm/min was calculated, and the stress S (-20°C) at a temperature of 25°C and a speed of 300mm/min was calculated. The ratio of stress S (25°C) at 350% deformation in the deformation test carried out (S(-20°C)/S(25°C)). In addition, when the thickness of the adhesive layer is small, in order to improve operability, etc., a test piece adjusted to a thickness of 5µm or more (for example, about 5µm~200µm) can be used to perform the above deformation test. The thickness of the test piece can be adjusted, for example, by appropriately laminating the adhesive layer. Alternatively, the same adhesive composition used to form the adhesive layer to be measured can be used to produce a test piece with a thickness that is easy to perform a deformation test, and the above-mentioned deformation test can be performed on the test piece. The above-mentioned deformation test can be carried out using a test piece with a thickness of about 10µm to 50µm, for example. Also, during testing, it is advisable to apply powder on the adhesive surface of the clamping area to remove the influence of the adhesive in advance.

黏著劑在溫度-20℃、速度300mm/分鐘之條件下之350%變形性、在350%下之應力及比(S(-20℃)/S(25℃))可藉由選擇構成基底聚合物之單體成分的組成、設定基底聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)、選擇塑化劑種類或使用量、有無使用交聯劑以及選擇種類及使用量、有無使用添加劑以及選擇種類及使用量等來調節。The 350% deformability of the adhesive at a temperature of -20°C and a speed of 300mm/min, the stress at 350% and the ratio (S(-20°C)/S(25°C)) can be selected to form a base polymerization The composition of the monomer components of the product, setting the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the base polymer, selecting the type or amount of plasticizer, whether to use a cross-linking agent and selecting the type and amount, whether to use additives, and selecting the type and amount Wait to adjust.

(黏著劑層) 在此揭示之黏著劑(例如黏著劑之膜狀物(黏著膜)、黏著片的黏著劑層)可藉由在對適當表面賦予(例如塗佈)黏著劑組成物後使該組成物硬化來形成。黏著劑組成物之塗佈例如可使用凹版輥塗佈機、反向輥塗佈機、接觸輥塗佈機、浸漬輥塗佈機、棒塗機、刮刀塗佈機、噴塗機等慣用之塗佈機來實施。 (adhesive layer) The adhesive disclosed here (for example, an adhesive film (adhesive film), an adhesive layer of an adhesive sheet) can be obtained by applying (for example, coating) an adhesive composition to an appropriate surface and then hardening the composition. form. The adhesive composition can be coated by, for example, a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a contact roll coater, a dip roll coater, a rod coater, a blade coater, a spray coater, or other conventional coating machines. cloth machine to implement.

黏著劑之厚度(具體上為黏著劑之膜狀物(黏著膜)之厚度、例如構成黏著片之黏著劑層之厚度)無特別限定,例如可設為3µm以上。在數個態樣中,黏著劑(層)之厚度例如為5µm以上是適當的,可為10µm以上,可為15µm以上,可為20µm以上,可為30µm以上,可為50µm以上,亦可為70µm以上或85µm以上。藉由增加黏著劑(層)之厚度,黏著力會傾向上升。又,在數個態樣中,黏著劑(層)之厚度例如可為300µm以下,可為250µm以下,可為200µm以下,可為150µm以下,亦可為120µm以下。在數個理想態樣中,黏著劑(層)之厚度為100µm以下,較宜為75µm以下,更宜為70µm以下,可為50µm以下,亦可為30µm以下。由黏著片之薄型化等觀點來看,黏著劑(層)之厚度不過大是有利的。且,薄型黏著劑(層)有對被黏著體之順應性優異之傾向。在此揭示之技術例如可適宜在黏著劑(層)之厚度成為3µm~200µm(較宜為5µm~100µm,更宜為5µm~75µm)之範圍之態樣下實施。此外,為於基材之第1面及第2面具有第1黏著劑層及第2黏著劑層之黏著片時,上述黏著劑(層)之厚度至少可應用於第1黏著劑層之厚度。第2黏著劑層之厚度亦可從相同範圍中選擇。又,為無基材之黏著片時,該黏著片之厚度與黏著劑層之厚度一致。The thickness of the adhesive (specifically, the thickness of the adhesive film (adhesive film), such as the thickness of the adhesive layer constituting the adhesive sheet) is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 3 μm or more. In several aspects, the thickness of the adhesive (layer) is appropriate, for example, 5 µm or more, it can be 10 µm or more, it can be 15 µm or more, it can be 20 µm or more, it can be 30 µm or more, it can be 50 µm or more, it can be Above 70µm or above 85µm. By increasing the thickness of the adhesive (layer), the adhesion will tend to increase. Furthermore, in several aspects, the thickness of the adhesive (layer) may be, for example, 300µm or less, 250µm or less, 200µm or less, 150µm or less, or 120µm or less. In several ideal aspects, the thickness of the adhesive (layer) is 100µm or less, preferably 75µm or less, more preferably 70µm or less, 50µm or less, or 30µm or less. From the viewpoint of thinning the adhesive sheet, etc., it is advantageous that the thickness of the adhesive (layer) is not too large. In addition, thin adhesives (layers) tend to have excellent compliance with adherends. The technology disclosed here can be suitably implemented when the thickness of the adhesive (layer) is in the range of 3µm to 200µm (preferably 5µm to 100µm, more preferably 5µm to 75µm), for example. In addition, when it is an adhesive sheet with a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer on the first and second sides of the base material, the thickness of the above-mentioned adhesive (layer) can be at least the thickness of the first adhesive layer. . The thickness of the second adhesive layer can also be selected from the same range. In addition, when it is an adhesive sheet without a base material, the thickness of the adhesive sheet is consistent with the thickness of the adhesive layer.

<黏著片> 根據本說明書,提供一種具有黏著劑層之黏著片。構成上述黏著劑層之黏著劑可為由在此揭示之任一黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑(例如該黏著劑組成物之硬化物)。 上述黏著片可為於非剝離性基材(支持基材)之單面或兩面具有上述黏著劑層之形態的附基材之黏著片,亦可為上述黏著劑層保持於剝離襯墊之形態等的無基材之黏著片(即不具非剝離性基材之黏著片,典型上為由黏著劑層構成之黏著片)。在此所提黏著片之概念可包含稱為黏著膠帶、黏著標籤、黏著薄膜等者。在此揭示之黏著片可為捲狀亦可為單片狀。或者亦可為進一步加工成各種形狀之形態的黏著片。 <Adhesive sheet> According to this specification, an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer is provided. The adhesive constituting the above-mentioned adhesive layer may be an adhesive formed from any adhesive composition disclosed herein (for example, a hardened product of the adhesive composition). The above-mentioned adhesive sheet may be an adhesive sheet with a base material in the form of having the above-mentioned adhesive layer on one or both sides of a non-releasable base material (support base material), or may be in the form of a form in which the above-mentioned adhesive layer is maintained on a release liner. Such adhesive sheets without base materials (that is, adhesive sheets without non-releasable base materials, typically adhesive sheets composed of adhesive layers). The concept of adhesive sheet mentioned here may include adhesive tape, adhesive label, adhesive film, etc. The adhesive sheet disclosed here can be in roll form or in single sheet form. Or it may be an adhesive sheet further processed into various shapes.

將雙面黏著型之無基材之黏著片(無基材之雙面黏著片)之構成例顯示於圖1、2。圖1所示之黏著片1具有下述構成:無基材之黏著劑層21之兩面21A、21B各自被至少該黏著劑層側成為剝離面之剝離襯墊31、32保護。圖2所示之黏著片2則具有無基材之黏著劑層21之一表面(黏著面)21A被兩面成為剝離面之剝離襯墊31保護之構成,且可做成下述構成:將之捲繞時,黏著劑層21之另一表面(黏著面)21B抵接剝離襯墊31之背面,藉此可使另一面21B亦被剝離襯墊31保護。由可反覆彎折這種順應被黏著體之柔軟性之觀點來看,在此揭示之技術適宜在由黏著劑層構成之無基材之黏著片之形態下實施。上述無基材之黏著片例如由縮小黏著片之厚度之觀點或提高黏著片之透明性之觀點來看亦佳。An example of the structure of a double-sided adhesive type baseless adhesive sheet (baseless double-sided adhesive sheet) is shown in Figures 1 and 2. The adhesive sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 has a structure in which both sides 21A and 21B of an adhesive layer 21 without a base material are respectively protected by release liners 31 and 32 having at least the adhesive layer side serving as the release surface. The adhesive sheet 2 shown in Figure 2 has a structure in which one surface (adhesive surface) 21A of the adhesive layer 21 without a base material is protected by a release liner 31 with both sides serving as release surfaces, and can be configured as follows: During winding, the other surface (adhesive surface) 21B of the adhesive layer 21 is in contact with the back surface of the release liner 31 , so that the other surface 21B is also protected by the release liner 31 . From the viewpoint of being able to be bent repeatedly and conforming to the softness of the adherend, the technology disclosed here is suitable for implementation in the form of an adhesive sheet composed of an adhesive layer without a base material. The above-mentioned adhesive sheet without a base material is also preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet or improving the transparency of the adhesive sheet.

在此揭示之黏著片例如可為具有圖3中示意顯示之剖面結構者。圖3所示之黏著片3具備支持基材10、以及各自被該支持基材10之第1面10A及第2面10B支持之第1黏著劑層21及第2黏著劑層22。第1面10A及第2面10B皆為非剝離性表面(非剝離面)。黏著片3係分別將第1黏著劑層21之表面(第1黏著面)21A及第2黏著劑層22之表面(第2黏著面)22A貼附於被黏著體來使用。即,黏著片3係以雙面黏著片(雙面接著性之黏著片)之形式構成。使用前之黏著片3具有下述構成:第1黏著面21A及第2黏著面22A各自被至少該黏著劑面側成為具有剝離性之表面(剝離面)之剝離襯墊31、32保護。或者,亦可做成下述構成:省略剝離襯墊32,而使用兩面成為剝離面者作為剝離襯墊31,捲繞黏著片3使第2黏著面22A抵接剝離襯墊31之裏面,藉此第2黏著面22A亦被剝離襯墊31保護。The adhesive sheet disclosed here may, for example, have the cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. 3 . The adhesive sheet 3 shown in FIG. 3 includes a support base material 10 and a first adhesive layer 21 and a second adhesive layer 22 respectively supported by the first surface 10A and the second surface 10B of the support base material 10 . Both the first surface 10A and the second surface 10B are non-releasable surfaces (non-releasable surfaces). The adhesive sheet 3 is used by attaching the surface (first adhesive surface) 21A of the first adhesive layer 21 and the surface (second adhesive surface) 22A of the second adhesive layer 22 to an adherend, respectively. That is, the adhesive sheet 3 is configured in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet (double-sided adhesive sheet). The adhesive sheet 3 before use has a structure in which the first adhesive surface 21A and the second adhesive surface 22A are each protected by release liners 31 and 32 having at least the adhesive surface side as a releasable surface (release surface). Alternatively, the release liner 32 may be omitted, and a release liner 31 with both sides serving as release surfaces may be used, and the adhesive sheet 3 may be wound so that the second adhesive surface 22A contacts the back surface of the release liner 31. The second adhesive surface 22A is also protected by the release liner 31 .

在此揭示之技術為了構件(例如光學構件)之固定或接合,適宜在上述無基材或附基材之雙面黏著片之形態下實施。或者,在此揭示之黏著片雖未特別圖示,但亦可為僅於非剝離性基材(支持基材)之單面具有黏著劑層的附基材之單面黏著片之形態。作為單面黏著片之形態之例,可舉圖3所示構成中不具第1黏著劑層21及第2黏著劑層22中之任一者的形態。The technology disclosed here is suitable for fixing or joining components (such as optical components) in the form of the above-mentioned double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material or with a base material. Alternatively, although not particularly illustrated, the adhesive sheet disclosed here may be in the form of a single-sided adhesive sheet with a base material having an adhesive layer on only one side of a non-releasable base material (support base material). As an example of the form of the single-sided adhesive sheet, there is a form that does not include either the first adhesive layer 21 or the second adhesive layer 22 in the structure shown in FIG. 3 .

在數個態樣中,黏著片之霧度值例如可為5.0%以下,宜為3.0%以下,較宜為2.0%以下,更宜為1.0%以下,可為0.9%以下,可為0.8%以下,可為0.5%以下,亦可為0.3%以下。如所述透明性高之黏著片可適宜應用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上、或要求可通過該黏著片良好地視辨被黏著體之性能的用途上。黏著片之霧度值的下限無特別限制,由提升透明性之觀點來看霧度值越小越好。另一方面,在數個態樣中,考量到折射率或黏著特性,霧度值例如可為0.05%以上,亦可為0.10%以上。黏著片之霧度值可利用與上述黏著劑層之霧度值之測定相同方法來測定。黏著片之上述霧度值可藉由選擇上述黏著劑層之組成等或在具有基材之構成中選擇基材種類或基材厚度來獲得。In several aspects, the haze value of the adhesive sheet can be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, 0.9% or less, or 0.8%. below, it can be 0.5% or below, or 0.3% or below. The highly transparent adhesive sheet can be suitably used in applications that require high light transmittance (such as optical applications) or applications that require the performance of the adherend to be well visible through the adhesive sheet. The lower limit of the haze value of the adhesive sheet is not particularly limited. From the perspective of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the better. On the other hand, in several aspects, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or 0.10% or more, taking into account the refractive index or adhesive properties. The haze value of the adhesive sheet can be measured using the same method as the haze value of the adhesive layer described above. The above-mentioned haze value of the adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the above-mentioned adhesive layer, etc. or by selecting the type of base material or the thickness of the base material in a structure having a base material.

在數個態樣中,黏著片之全光線透射率宜為85.0%以上(例如88.0%以上、90.0%以上或大於90.0%)。如所述透明性高之黏著片可適宜應用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上、或要求可通過該黏著片良好地視辨被黏著體之性能的用途上。全光線透射率的上限在實用上可為例如大約98%以下,可為大約96%以下,亦可為大約95%以下。在數個態樣中,考量到折射率或黏著特性,黏著片之全光線透射率可為大約94%以下,可為大約93%以下,亦可為大約92%以下。黏著片之全光線透射率可利用與上述黏著劑層之全光線透射率之測定相同方法來測定。黏著片之全光線透射率可藉由選擇上述黏著劑層之組成等或在具有基材之構成中選擇基材種類或基材厚度來獲得。In several aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet is preferably above 85.0% (for example, above 88.0%, above 90.0%, or above 90.0%). The highly transparent adhesive sheet can be suitably used in applications that require high light transmittance (such as optical applications) or applications that require the performance of the adherend to be well visible through the adhesive sheet. Practically, the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, about 98% or less, about 96% or less, or about 95% or less. In several aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be about 94% or less, about 93% or less, or about 92% or less, taking into account the refractive index or adhesive properties. The total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be measured using the same method as the measurement of the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer described above. The total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the above-mentioned adhesive layer or by selecting the type of base material or the thickness of the base material in a composition having a base material.

(剝離強度) 黏著片對玻璃板之剝離強度無特別限定。在數個態樣中,黏著片對玻璃板之剝離強度例如為0.1N/25mm以上,亦可為0.5N/25mm以上。在數個理想態樣中,上述對玻璃板之剝離強度為1.0N/25mm以上,較宜為1.5N/25mm以上,更宜為2.0N/25mm以上,可為3.0N/25mm以上,可為5.0N/25mm以上,亦可為10N/25mm以上。在此揭示之黏著劑即便包含塑化劑仍可發揮如上述穩定之黏著力。如上述對玻璃板剝離強度為預定值以上之黏著片適宜用於例如玻璃製構件等之接合或固定。上述剝離強度的上限無特別限制,例如可為30N/25mm以下、25N/25mm以下或20N/25mm以下。此外,黏著片為僅由黏著劑層構成之無基材之黏著片時,上述對玻璃板剝離強度可設為黏著劑之對玻璃板剝離強度。 (peel strength) The peeling strength of the adhesive sheet to the glass plate is not particularly limited. In several aspects, the peeling strength of the adhesive sheet to the glass plate is, for example, 0.1N/25mm or more, or 0.5N/25mm or more. In several ideal aspects, the above-mentioned peeling strength to the glass plate is above 1.0N/25mm, preferably above 1.5N/25mm, more preferably above 2.0N/25mm, can be above 3.0N/25mm, can be 5.0N/25mm or more, or 10N/25mm or more. The adhesive disclosed herein can still exert the stable adhesive force as mentioned above even if it contains a plasticizer. As mentioned above, an adhesive sheet having a peeling strength of a glass plate or more than a predetermined value is suitable for joining or fixing glass members, for example. The upper limit of the peel strength is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 30 N/25 mm or less, 25 N/25 mm or less, or 20 N/25 mm or less. In addition, when the adhesive sheet is an adhesive sheet without a base material and is composed only of an adhesive layer, the above-mentioned peeling strength to the glass plate may be the peeling strength of the adhesive to the glass plate.

在此,上述剝離強度係藉由下述方式來掌握:壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板上並於23℃、50%RH之環境下放置30分鐘後,在剝離角度180度、拉伸速度300mm/分鐘之條件下測定剝離強度。在測定時,可視需求在測定對象之黏著片上貼附適當之襯底材(例如厚度25µm左右~50µm左右之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜)來補強。剝離強度更具體而言可依據後述實施例中所記載之方法來測定。Here, the above-mentioned peel strength is controlled by the following method: After pressing the alkali glass plate as the adherend and leaving it in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 30 minutes, the peeling angle is 180 degrees, and the The peel strength was measured under the conditions of elongation speed of 300mm/min. During measurement, an appropriate substrate (such as a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of about 25µm to about 50µm) may be attached to the adhesive sheet of the measurement object for reinforcement if necessary. More specifically, the peel strength can be measured according to the method described in the Examples mentioned later.

(黏著片之厚度) 在此揭示之黏著片(無基材之黏著片或附基材之黏著片)之厚度例如可為1000µm以下,可為350µm以下,可為200µm以下,可為120µm以下,可為75µm以下,亦可為50µm以下。又,由處理性等觀點來看,黏著片之厚度例如可為5µm以上,可為10µm以上,可為15µm以上,可為25µm以上,可為80µm以上,亦可為130µm以上。 此外,黏著片之厚度意指貼附於被黏著體之部分的厚度。例如圖3所示之構成的黏著片3中,係指從第1黏著面21A至第2黏著面22A為止之厚度,而不包含剝離襯墊31、32之厚度。 (Thickness of adhesive sheet) The thickness of the adhesive sheet (adhesive sheet without base material or adhesive sheet with base material) disclosed here can be, for example, 1000 µm or less, 350 µm or less, 200 µm or less, 120 µm or less, 75 µm or less, or Can be below 50µm. In addition, from the viewpoint of handleability, etc., the thickness of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5 µm or more, 10 µm or more, 15 µm or more, 25 µm or more, 80 µm or more, or 130 µm or more. In addition, the thickness of the adhesive sheet means the thickness of the portion attached to the adherend. For example, in the adhesive sheet 3 having the structure shown in FIG. 3 , the thickness refers to the thickness from the first adhesive surface 21A to the second adhesive surface 22A, and does not include the thickness of the release liners 31 and 32 .

<支持基材> 數個態樣之黏著片可為於支持基材之單面或兩面具備黏著劑層的附基材之黏著片之形態。支持基材之材質無特別限定,可按黏著片之使用目的或使用態樣等適當選擇。可使用之基材的非限定例可列舉:以聚丙烯(PP)或乙烯-丙烯共聚物等之聚烯烴為主成分的聚烯烴薄膜、以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)等之聚酯為主成分的聚酯薄膜、以聚氯乙烯為主成分的聚氯乙烯薄膜等塑膠薄膜;由聚胺甲酸酯發泡體、聚乙烯(PE)發泡體、聚氯丁二烯發泡體等發泡體構成之發泡體片;各種纖維狀物質(可為麻、綿等天然纖維、聚酯、維尼綸等合成纖維、乙酸酯等半合成纖維等)單獨或混紡等而成的織布及不織布;日本紙、道林紙、牛皮紙、皺紋紙等紙類;鋁箔、銅箔等之金屬箔等。亦可為該等複合而成之構成的基材。所述複合基材之例可舉例如金屬箔與上述塑膠薄膜積層而成之結構的基材、業經玻璃布等無機纖維強化之塑膠基材等。 <Support base material> Several forms of adhesive sheets may be in the form of an adhesive sheet with an adhesive layer on one or both sides of a supporting base material. The material of the supporting base material is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose of use or usage pattern of the adhesive sheet. Non-limiting examples of base materials that can be used include: polyolefin films mainly composed of polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP) or ethylene-propylene copolymer, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene Plastic films such as polyester films whose main components are polyesters such as butylene terephthalate (PBT) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and polyvinyl chloride films whose main components are polyvinyl chloride; Foam sheets composed of polyurethane foam, polyethylene (PE) foam, polychloroprene foam and other foams; various fibrous materials (can be hemp, cotton and other natural fibers , polyester, vinylon and other synthetic fibers, acetate and other semi-synthetic fibers, etc.) alone or blended, etc.; Japanese paper, Dowling paper, kraft paper, crepe paper and other paper types; aluminum foil, copper foil Metal foil, etc. It can also be the base material composed of these composites. Examples of the composite base material include a base material having a structure in which a metal foil and the above-mentioned plastic film are laminated, a plastic base material reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth, and the like.

在數個態樣中,可適宜使用各種薄膜基材。上述薄膜基材可為如發泡體薄膜或不織布片材等多孔質之基材,可為非多孔質之基材,亦可為多孔質之層與非多孔質之層積層而成之結構的基材。在數個態樣中,上述薄膜基材可適宜使用包含獨立且可維持形狀之(自立型之、或是非依存性之)樹脂薄膜作為基底薄膜者。在此,「樹脂薄膜」係指非多孔質之結構且典型上為實質上不含氣泡(無孔洞)之樹脂薄膜。因此,上述樹脂薄膜係可與發泡體薄膜或不織布區別之概念。上述樹脂薄膜可適宜使用獨立且可維持形狀之(自立型之、或是非依存性之)者。上述樹脂薄膜可為單層結構,亦可為2層以上之多層結構(例如3層結構)。Various film substrates may be suitably used in several aspects. The above-mentioned film base material may be a porous base material such as a foam film or a non-woven sheet, or may be a non-porous base material, or may be a structure in which a porous layer and a non-porous layer are laminated. base material. In several aspects, the above-mentioned film base material may suitably use one that includes an independent and shape-maintainable (self-standing or non-dependent) resin film as the base film. Here, the "resin film" refers to a resin film that has a non-porous structure and typically does not contain substantially bubbles (no holes). Therefore, the above-mentioned resin film is a concept that can be distinguished from a foam film or a nonwoven fabric. As the above-mentioned resin film, one that is independent and can maintain its shape (self-standing type or non-dependent type) can be suitably used. The above-mentioned resin film may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).

構成樹脂薄膜之樹脂材料可使用例如:聚酯;聚烯烴;源自具有降𦯉烯結構等脂肪族環結構之單體的聚環烯烴;尼龍6、尼龍66、部分芳香族聚醯胺等聚醯胺(PA);透明聚醯亞胺(CPI)等聚醯亞胺(PI);聚醯胺醯亞胺(PAI);聚醚醚酮(PEEK);聚醚碸(PES);聚伸苯硫醚(PPS);聚碳酸酯(PC);聚胺甲酸酯(PU);乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(EVA);聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)等氟樹脂;丙烯酸樹脂;三醋酸纖維素(TAC)等纖維素系聚合物;聚芳酯;聚苯乙烯;聚氯乙烯;聚二氯亞乙烯等樹脂。Examples of resin materials constituting the resin film include: polyester; polyolefin; polycyclic olefin derived from monomers having aliphatic ring structures such as norphenylene structure; nylon 6, nylon 66, partially aromatic polyamide and other polyamides. Polyamide (PA); transparent polyimide (CPI) and other polyamide (PI); polyamide imide (PAI); polyether ether ketone (PEEK); polyether styrene (PES); polyethylene Phenyl sulfide (PPS); polycarbonate (PC); polyurethane (PU); ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and other fluororesins; acrylic resin; triacetate Cellulose-based polymers such as cellulose (TAC); polyarylate; polystyrene; polyvinyl chloride; polyvinylidene chloride and other resins.

上述樹脂薄膜可為使用單獨包含所述樹脂之1種的樹脂材料所形成者,亦可為使用摻合有2種以上之樹脂材料所形成者。上述樹脂薄膜可為無延伸,亦可為經延伸(例如單軸延伸或雙軸延伸)者。例如,可適宜使用PET薄膜、PBT薄膜、PEN薄膜、無延伸聚丙烯(CPP)薄膜、雙軸延伸聚丙烯(OPP)薄膜、低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)薄膜、直鏈狀低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)薄膜、PP/PE摻合物薄膜、環烯烴聚合物(COP)薄膜、CPI薄膜、TAC薄膜等。由強度或尺寸穩定性之觀點來看,理想之樹脂薄膜之例可舉PET薄膜、PEN薄膜、PPS薄膜及PEEK薄膜。由取得容易性等觀點來看,尤宜為PET薄膜及PPS薄膜,其中又以PET薄膜為佳。The resin film may be formed using a resin material containing only one type of the resin, or may be formed using a mixture of two or more types of resin materials. The above-mentioned resin film may be unstretched or stretched (eg, uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched). For example, PET film, PBT film, PEN film, non-stretched polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially stretched polypropylene (OPP) film, low-density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low-density polyethylene ( LLDPE) film, PP/PE blend film, cyclic olefin polymer (COP) film, CPI film, TAC film, etc. From the viewpoint of strength or dimensional stability, examples of ideal resin films include PET films, PEN films, PPS films and PEEK films. From the viewpoint of ease of acquisition, etc., PET film and PPS film are particularly suitable, and among these, PET film is preferred.

在樹脂薄膜中,可在不顯著妨礙本發明效果之範圍內視需求摻混光穩定劑、抗氧化劑、抗靜電劑、著色劑(染料、顏料等)、充填材、滑劑(slipping agent)、抗黏結劑等公知之添加劑。添加劑之摻混量無特別限定,可按黏著片之用途等適當設定。In the resin film, light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slipping agents, etc. can be blended as needed within the range that does not significantly hinder the effects of the present invention. Anti-adhesive agents and other well-known additives. The amount of additives blended is not particularly limited and can be appropriately set according to the purpose of the adhesive sheet.

樹脂薄膜之製造方法無特別限定。例如可適當採用擠製成形、充氣成形、T型模澆鑄成形、砑光輥成形等以往公知之一般樹脂薄膜成形方法。The manufacturing method of the resin film is not particularly limited. For example, conventionally known general resin film forming methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting, and calender roll molding can be appropriately used.

上述基材可為實質上由所述基底薄膜所構成者。或者,上述基材亦可為除上述基底膜外,還包含輔助性之層者。作為上述輔助性之層之例,可舉光學特性調整層(例如著色層、抗反射層)、用於對基材賦予所期望之外觀的印刷層或層合層、抗靜電層、底塗層、剝離層等表面處理層。The base material may be substantially composed of the base film. Alternatively, the above-mentioned base material may also include an auxiliary layer in addition to the above-mentioned base film. Examples of the above-mentioned auxiliary layer include an optical property adjustment layer (for example, a colored layer, an antireflection layer), a printing layer or a laminated layer for imparting a desired appearance to the base material, an antistatic layer, and a primer layer. , peeling layer and other surface treatment layers.

在數個態樣中,作為支持基材可適宜採用具有光透射性之基材(以下亦稱光透射性基材)。藉此,便可構成附具有光透射性之基材之黏著片。光透射性基材之全光線透射率例如可大於50%,亦可為70%以上。在數個理想態樣中,支持基材之全光線透射率為80%以上,較宜為90%以上,亦可為95%以上(例如95~100%)。上述全光線透射率係根據JIS K 7136:2000,使用市售之透射率計來測定。透射率計可使用村上色彩技術研究所製之商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」或其等效品。上述光透射性基材之適宜例可舉具有光透射性之樹脂薄膜。上述光透射性基材亦可為光學薄膜。In some aspects, a light-transmissive base material (hereinafter also referred to as a light-transmissive base material) can be suitably used as the supporting base material. In this way, an adhesive sheet with a light-transmissive base material can be formed. The total light transmittance of the light-transmissive base material may be, for example, greater than 50%, or may be greater than 70%. In several ideal aspects, the total light transmittance of the supporting substrate is above 80%, preferably above 90%, and may also be above 95% (for example, 95~100%). The above total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the trade name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute or its equivalent can be used. A suitable example of the light-transmissive base material is a light-transmissive resin film. The above-mentioned light-transmissive base material may also be an optical film.

基材之厚度無特別限定,可按黏著片之使用目的或使用態樣等作選擇。基材之厚度例如可為500µm以下,而由黏著片之處理性或加工性之觀點來看,宜為300µm以下,可為150µm以下,可為100µm以下,可為50µm以下,可為25µm以下,亦可為10µm以下。基材之厚度若變小,對被黏著體之表面形狀的順應性會傾向提升。又,由處理性或加工性等觀點來看,基材之厚度例如可為2µm以上,可為10µm以上,亦可為25µm以上。The thickness of the base material is not particularly limited and can be selected according to the purpose or usage pattern of the adhesive sheet. The thickness of the base material can be, for example, 500µm or less. From the viewpoint of the rationality or processability of the adhesive sheet, it is preferably 300µm or less, 150µm or less, 100µm or less, 50µm or less, or 25µm or less. It can also be 10µm or less. If the thickness of the base material becomes smaller, the compliance with the surface shape of the adherend will tend to increase. In addition, from the viewpoint of handleability or processability, the thickness of the base material may be, for example, 2 µm or more, 10 µm or more, or 25 µm or more.

基材之中要積層黏著劑層之側的面亦可視需求施行有電暈放電處理、電漿處理、紫外線照射處理、酸處理、鹼處理、藉由塗佈底塗劑(底漆)形成底塗層等之以往公知的表面處理。所述表面處理可為用以提升黏著劑層對基材之投錨性之處理。用於形成底塗層的底漆之組成無特別限定,可從公知物適當選擇。底塗層之厚度無特別限制,通常以0.01µm~1µm左右為適當,且0.1µm~1µm左右為佳。可視需求對基材施行之其他處理可舉抗靜電層形成處理、著色層形成處理、印刷處理等。該等處理可單獨或組合來應用。The surface of the base material on which the adhesive layer is to be laminated can also be subjected to corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, and the formation of a primer by applying a primer (primer) as required. Conventionally known surface treatments such as coatings. The surface treatment may be a treatment used to improve the anchoring property of the adhesive layer to the substrate. The composition of the primer used to form the undercoat layer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from publicly known materials. The thickness of the primer layer is not particularly limited, but is usually about 0.01µm~1µm, and preferably about 0.1µm~1µm. Other treatments that can be performed on the substrate according to the needs include antistatic layer formation treatment, coloring layer formation treatment, printing treatment, etc. These treatments may be applied individually or in combination.

<附剝離襯墊之黏著片> 在此揭示之黏著片可採用使黏著劑層之表面(黏著面)抵接剝離襯墊之剝離面的黏著製品之形態。因此,根據本說明書,提供一種附剝離襯墊之黏著片(黏著製品),其包含在此揭示之任一黏著片與具有抵接該黏著片之黏著面的剝離面之剝離襯墊。 <Adhesive sheet with release liner> The adhesive sheet disclosed here can take the form of an adhesive product in which the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive layer is in contact with the release surface of the release liner. Therefore, according to this specification, an adhesive sheet with a release liner (adhesive product) is provided, which includes any of the adhesive sheets disclosed herein and a release liner having a release surface that contacts the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet.

剝離襯墊無特別限定,例如可使用於樹脂薄膜或紙(可為聚乙烯等樹脂層合而成之紙)等襯墊基材之表面具有剝離層之剝離襯墊、或是由藉由氟系聚合物(聚四氟乙烯等)或聚烯烴系樹脂(聚乙烯、聚丙烯等)這類低接著性材料形成之樹脂薄膜所構成之剝離襯墊等。由表面平滑性優異來看,可適宜採用於作為襯墊基材之樹脂薄膜表面具有剝離層之剝離襯墊、或是由藉由低接著性材料形成之樹脂薄膜所構成的剝離襯墊。樹脂薄膜若為可保護黏著劑層之薄膜則無特別限定,可舉例如聚乙烯(PE)薄膜、聚丙烯(PP)薄膜、聚丁烯薄膜、聚丁二烯薄膜、聚甲基戊烯薄膜、聚氯乙烯薄膜、氯乙烯共聚物薄膜、聚酯薄膜(PET薄膜、PBT薄膜等)、聚胺甲酸酯薄膜、乙烯-乙酸乙酯共聚物薄膜等。上述剝離層之形成可使用例如聚矽氧系剝離處理劑、長鏈烷基系剝離處理劑、烯烴系剝離處理劑、氟系剝離處理劑、脂肪醯胺系剝離處理劑、硫化鉬、二氧化矽粉等公知之剝離處理劑。The release liner is not particularly limited. For example, a release liner that has a release layer on the surface of a liner base material such as a resin film or paper (can be paper laminated with resins such as polyethylene), or a release liner made of fluorine Release liners made of resin films made of low-adhesion materials such as polymers (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or polyolefin resins (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.). Since it has excellent surface smoothness, it can be suitably used as a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a resin film as a liner base material, or a release liner composed of a resin film formed of a low-adhesion material. The resin film is not particularly limited as long as it can protect the adhesive layer. Examples include polyethylene (PE) film, polypropylene (PP) film, polybutylene film, polybutadiene film, and polymethylpentene film. , polyvinyl chloride film, vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyester film (PET film, PBT film, etc.), polyurethane film, ethylene-ethyl acetate copolymer film, etc. The above-mentioned release layer can be formed using, for example, polysiloxane-based release treatment agents, long-chain alkyl-based release treatment agents, olefin-based release treatment agents, fluorine-based release treatment agents, fatty amide-based release treatment agents, molybdenum sulfide, or dioxide. Well-known stripping agents such as silicon powder.

<用途> 在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片的用途無限定,可利用於各種用途上。在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片為具備具有高折射率及柔軟性之黏著劑者,因此可活用其特徵來利用於要求高折射率及柔軟性之各種用途上。例如,在攜帶型電子機器等電子機器中,適於作為液晶顯示裝置、有機EL(電致發光)顯示裝置、PDP(電漿顯示器面板)、電子紙等顯示裝置(影像顯示裝置)或觸控面板等輸入裝置等機器(光學機器),尤其適於作為折疊式顯示器或可捲式顯示器用黏著劑或黏著片。例如,可適宜在折疊式顯示器及可捲式顯示器中,作為具有高折射率之構件之接合或固定、保護等機構來使用。在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片具有高折射率且同時具有可承受反覆彎折操作之柔軟性,因此可在貼附於折疊式顯示器或可捲式顯示器之狀態下良好地順應反覆彎折之被黏著體(折疊式顯示器等)。所述使用形態之貼附對象物可舉可用於折疊式顯示器或可捲式顯示器之視窗玻璃或覆蓋玻璃等玻璃構件。而且,在此所揭示之黏著劑或黏著片例如亦容易順應、密著於攜帶型電子機器具有之3維形狀等曲面形狀之表面,故還適於具有所述曲面形狀之電子機器用途。又,黏著劑亦為已改善彈性模數等特性之穩定性者。上述攜帶型電子機器有時會在高溫環境下使用,且其內部空間有會因電子零件發熱而帶熱之情形,故使用上述特性之穩定性佳之黏著劑或黏著片之優點大。 <Use> The adhesives or adhesive sheets disclosed here are not limited in their uses and can be used for various purposes. The adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed here is an adhesive having a high refractive index and flexibility, so its characteristics can be utilized in various applications requiring high refractive index and flexibility. For example, in electronic equipment such as portable electronic equipment, it is suitable as a display device (image display device) such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), electronic paper, or a touch panel. It is particularly suitable as an adhesive or adhesive sheet for foldable displays or rollable displays in equipment (optical equipment) such as input devices such as panels. For example, it can be suitably used as a mechanism for joining, fixing, and protecting members with high refractive index in foldable displays and rollable displays. The adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed here has a high refractive index and is flexible enough to withstand repeated bending operations. Therefore, it can well adapt to repeated bending while being attached to a foldable display or a rollable display. The adherend (folding monitor, etc.). Examples of the attachment object in the usage form include glass members such as window glass and cover glass that can be used for foldable displays or roll-up displays. Moreover, the adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed here can easily conform to and adhere closely to the surface of a curved surface such as a three-dimensional shape of a portable electronic device, and is therefore suitable for use in electronic devices with such a curved surface. In addition, the adhesive also has improved stability of properties such as elastic modulus. The above-mentioned portable electronic devices are sometimes used in high-temperature environments, and the internal space may be heated due to the heat generated by the electronic components. Therefore, there are great advantages in using adhesives or adhesive sheets with good stability as mentioned above.

上述攜帶型電子機器之例中還包含:攜帶型電話、智慧型手機、平板型電腦、筆記型電腦、各種穿戴式機器(例如手錶這類穿戴於手腕之腕帶型、以夾帶或垂吊等形式裝附於身體一部份之模組型、包含眼鏡型(單眼型或雙眼型;包含頭戴型)之眼戴型、以例如配件型態裝附於襯衫或襪子、帽子等之衣服型、耳機這類裝附於耳朵上之耳戴型等)、數位相機、數位視訊攝影機、音響機器(可攜式音樂播放器、IC錄音機等)、計算機(電子計算機等)、可攜式遊戲機、電子辭典、電子筆記本、電子書籍、車載用資訊機器、可攜式收音機、可攜式電視、可攜式列印機、可攜式掃描機、可攜式數據機等。此外,在本說明書中,所謂「可攜式」以僅可攜帶來說還不夠,其還指具有個人(標準的成人)相對上可容易搬運之程度的可攜性。Examples of the above-mentioned portable electronic devices also include: mobile phones, smart phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, various wearable devices (such as watches, wristbands worn on the wrist, straps or hangings, etc. Modular types that are attached to a part of the body, eye-mounted types including eyeglass types (single-eyed or double-eyed; including head-mounted types), clothes that are attached to shirts, socks, hats, etc. in the form of accessories, for example models, earphones, which are ear-worn types that are attached to the ears, etc.), digital cameras, digital video cameras, audio equipment (portable music players, IC recorders, etc.), computers (electronic computers, etc.), portable games Computers, electronic dictionaries, electronic notebooks, electronic books, vehicle-mounted information equipment, portable radios, portable televisions, portable printers, portable scanners, portable modems, etc. In addition, in this specification, the so-called "portable" is not enough just to be portable, but also refers to portability to the extent that an individual (standard adult) can carry it relatively easily.

可貼附在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片的材料(被黏著體材料)無特別限定,可列舉例如:銅、銀、金、鐵、錫、鈀、鋁、鎳、鈦、鉻、鋅等或包含該等中之2種以上的合金等金屬材料,或是例如聚醯亞胺系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、聚醚腈系樹脂、聚醚碸系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂(PET系樹脂、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯系樹脂等)、聚氯乙烯系樹脂、聚伸苯硫醚系樹脂、聚醚醚酮系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂(所謂的芳醯胺樹脂等)、聚芳酯系樹脂、聚碳酸酯系樹脂、二醋酸纖維素或三醋酸纖維素等纖維素系聚合物、乙烯醇縮丁醛系聚合物、液晶聚合物等各種樹脂材料(典型上為塑膠材)、氧化鋁、氧化鋯、鹼玻璃、無鹼玻璃、石英玻璃、碳等無機材料等。在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片可貼附在由上述材料構成之構件(例如光學構件)上來使用。The material (adherent material) to which the adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed here can be attached is not particularly limited, and examples include copper, silver, gold, iron, tin, palladium, aluminum, nickel, titanium, chromium, zinc, etc. Or metal materials such as alloys containing two or more of these, or polyimide resins, acrylic resins, polyether nitrile resins, polyether ester resins, polyester resins (PET resins, Polyethylene naphthalate resin, etc.), polyvinyl chloride resin, polyphenylene sulfide resin, polyether ether ketone resin, polyamide resin (so-called arylamide resin, etc.), polyarylene resin Various resin materials (typically plastic materials) such as ester resins, polycarbonate resins, cellulose polymers such as cellulose diacetate and cellulose triacetate, vinyl butyral polymers, and liquid crystal polymers, Alumina, zirconia, alkali glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, carbon and other inorganic materials, etc. The adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed here can be used by being attached to a member (for example, an optical member) made of the above-mentioned materials.

作為在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片之貼附對象的構件或材料(在雙面黏著片中為至少一被黏著體)可為由折射率較一般丙烯酸系黏著劑更高之材料構成者。被黏著體材料之折射率例如為1.50以上,其中亦有折射率為1.55以上或1.58以上之被黏著體材料,並且亦存在折射率為1.62以上(例如1.66左右)者。所述高折射率之被黏著體材料典型上為樹脂材料。更具體而言,可為PET等之聚酯系樹脂、或聚醯亞胺系樹脂、芳醯胺樹脂、聚伸苯硫醚系樹脂、聚碳酸酯系樹脂等。對於所述材料,可適宜發揮使用在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片的效果(抑制折射率差造成光線之反射)。上述被黏著體材料之折射率的上限例如為1.80以下,可為1.70以下。在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片適宜在貼附於如上述之高折射率之被黏著體(例如構件)上之態樣下使用。所述被黏著體之適宜例可舉折射率為1.50~1.80(宜為1.55~1.75,例如1.60~1.70)之樹脂薄膜。上述折射率可以與黏著劑之折射率相同之方法來測定。The member or material to which the adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed herein is attached (at least one adherend in a double-sided adhesive sheet) may be made of a material with a higher refractive index than a general acrylic adhesive. The refractive index of the adherend material is, for example, 1.50 or more. There are adherend materials with a refractive index of 1.55 or more or 1.58 or more, and there are also adherend materials with a refractive index of 1.62 or more (for example, about 1.66). The adherend material with high refractive index is typically a resin material. More specifically, polyester-based resins such as PET, polyimide-based resins, arylamide resins, polyphenylene sulfide-based resins, polycarbonate-based resins, etc. may be used. For such materials, the effect of using the adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed here (suppressing the reflection of light caused by a difference in refractive index) can be suitably exerted. The upper limit of the refractive index of the adherend material is, for example, 1.80 or less, and may be 1.70 or less. The adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed here is suitable for use in the state of being attached to an adherend (such as a component) with a high refractive index as mentioned above. A suitable example of the adherend is a resin film with a refractive index of 1.50 to 1.80 (preferably 1.55 to 1.75, such as 1.60 to 1.70). The above-mentioned refractive index can be measured by the same method as the refractive index of the adhesive.

作為黏著劑或黏著片之貼附對象的構件或材料(在雙面黏著片中為至少一被黏著體)可為具有光透射性者。以所述被黏著體來說,可容易獲得在此揭示之技術所帶來之效果(抑制在被黏著體與黏著片之界面之光線反射)之優點。上述被黏著體之全光線透射率例如可大於50%,較宜可為70%以上。在數個理想態樣中,上述被黏著體之全光線透射率為80%以上,較宜為90%以上,可為95%以上(例如95~100%)。在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片適宜在貼附於全光線透射率為預定值以上之被黏著體(例如光學構件)上之態樣下使用。上述全光線透射率係根據JIS K 7136:2000,使用市售之透射率計來測定。透射率計可使用村上色彩技術研究所製之商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」或其等效品。The member or material to which the adhesive or adhesive sheet is attached (at least one adherend in a double-sided adhesive sheet) may be light-transmissive. In the case of the adherend, the advantage of the effect (suppression of light reflection at the interface between the adherend and the adhesive sheet) brought about by the technology disclosed here can be easily obtained. The total light transmittance of the adherend can be, for example, greater than 50%, preferably more than 70%. In several ideal aspects, the total light transmittance of the adherend is above 80%, preferably above 90%, and may be above 95% (for example, 95~100%). The adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed here is suitable for use in a state where it is attached to an adherend (for example, an optical component) whose total light transmittance is higher than a predetermined value. The above total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the trade name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute or its equivalent can be used.

在數個理想態樣中,貼附黏著劑或黏著片之被黏著體(例如構件)可為具有上述折射率且具有上述全光線透射率者。具體上,在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片可適宜在貼附於折射率為1.50以上(例如1.55以上、1.58以上、1.62以上、1.66左右等)且全光線透射率大於50%(例如為70%以上、宜為80%以上、較宜為90%以上、更可為95%以上)之被黏著體、例如構件上之態樣下使用。在貼附於所述構件之態樣中,尤能適宜發揮在此揭示之技術所帶來之效果。In several ideal aspects, the adherend (such as a component) to which the adhesive or adhesive sheet is attached can have the above-mentioned refractive index and the above-mentioned total light transmittance. Specifically, the adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be suitably attached to a film with a refractive index of more than 1.50 (for example, more than 1.55, more than 1.58, more than 1.62, about 1.66, etc.) and a total light transmittance of more than 50% (for example, 70 % or more, preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 95% or more) of the adherend, such as a component. The effects of the technology disclosed herein are particularly suitable when attached to the component.

較佳用途之一例可舉光學用途。更具體而言,例如可適宜將在此揭示之黏著片作為可用於貼合光學構件之用途(光學構件貼合用)或使用有上述光學構件之製品(光學製品)之製造用途等的光學用黏著劑或光學用黏著片來使用。An example of a preferred use is optical use. More specifically, for example, the adhesive sheet disclosed here can be suitably used for optical purposes such as lamination of optical members (for optical member lamination) or manufacturing of products using the optical members (optical products). Use adhesive or optical adhesive sheet.

上述光學構件係指具有光學特性(例如偏光性、光折射性、光散射性、光反射性、光透射性、光吸收性、光繞射性、旋光性、視辨性等)之構件。上述光學構件若為具有光學特性之構件則無特別限定,可列舉例如構成顯示裝置(影像顯示裝置)、輸入裝置等機器(光學機器)之構件或用於該等機器之構件,可舉例如偏光板、波長板、相位差板、光學補償薄膜、增亮薄膜、導光板、反射薄膜、抗反射薄膜、硬塗(HC)薄膜、衝擊吸收薄膜、防污薄膜、光致變色薄膜、調光薄膜、透明導電薄膜(ITO薄膜)、設計薄膜、裝飾薄膜、表面保護板、稜鏡、透鏡、彩色濾光片、透明基板,或進一步為該等積層而成之構件(該等有時統稱為「機能性薄膜」)等。此外,上述「板」及「薄膜」係分別設為包含板狀、薄膜狀、片狀等形態者,例如「偏光薄膜」係設為包含「偏光板」或「偏光片」等者,而「導光板」係設為包含「導光薄膜」或「導光片」等者。又,上述「偏光板」係設為包含圓偏光板者。The above-mentioned optical components refer to components with optical properties (such as polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflectivity, light transmission, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visibility, etc.). The above-mentioned optical member is not particularly limited as long as it has optical properties. Examples thereof include members constituting machines (optical machines) such as display devices (image display devices) and input devices, or members used in such machines. Examples thereof include polarizers. plate, wavelength plate, phase difference plate, optical compensation film, brightness enhancement film, light guide plate, reflective film, anti-reflective film, hard coating (HC) film, impact absorption film, antifouling film, photochromic film, dimming film , transparent conductive film (ITO film), design film, decorative film, surface protection plate, lens, lens, color filter, transparent substrate, or further laminated components (these are sometimes collectively referred to as " "Functional film"), etc. In addition, the above-mentioned "plate" and "film" are respectively taken to include those in the form of plate, film, sheet, etc., for example, "polarizing film" is taken to include "polarizing plate" or "polarizing sheet", and " "Light guide plate" is taken to include "light guide film" or "light guide sheet". In addition, the above-mentioned "polarizing plate" is assumed to include a circularly polarizing plate.

上述顯示裝置可舉例如液晶顯示裝置、有機EL顯示裝置、微LED(µLED)、迷你LED(miniLED)、PDP、電子紙等。又,上述輸入裝置可舉觸控面板等。Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a micro LED (µLED), a mini LED (miniLED), a PDP, and electronic paper. In addition, the input device may include a touch panel or the like.

上述光學構件無特別限定,可舉例如由玻璃、丙烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯、PET、金屬薄膜等構成之構件(例如片狀或膜狀、板狀構件)等。此外,本說明書中之「光學構件」亦設為包含保持顯示裝置或輸入裝置之視辨性的同時擔任裝飾或保護功能之構件(設計薄膜、裝飾薄膜或表面保護薄膜等)。The optical member is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include members (such as sheet-like, film-like, and plate-like members) made of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, PET, metal films, and the like. In addition, the "optical member" in this specification is also intended to include members (design film, decorative film, surface protection film, etc.) that serve as a decorative or protective function while maintaining the visibility of the display device or input device.

在此揭示之技術例如可適宜用於將具有1或2種以上光透射、反射、擴散、波導、聚光、繞射等功能之薄膜或螢光薄膜等光學薄膜接合於其他光學構件(可為其他光學薄膜)。其中,在具有至少1種光之波導、聚光、繞射之功能的光學薄膜之接合中,接合層之全部整體宜為高折射率,而可成為在此揭示之技術的理想應用對象。The technology disclosed here can be suitably used, for example, to join optical films such as films or fluorescent films having one or more functions such as light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguide, light concentrating, diffraction, etc. to other optical members (which may be other optical films). Among them, in the bonding of optical films that have at least one of the functions of light waveguide, light condensation, and diffraction, the entire bonding layer should have a high refractive index, which makes it an ideal application target of the technology disclosed here.

在此揭示之黏著劑例如可適宜用於導光薄膜、擴散薄膜、螢光薄膜、調色薄膜、稜鏡片、柱鏡薄膜、微透鏡陣列薄膜等光學薄膜之接合。該等用途中,由光學構件之小型化的傾向或高性能化之觀點來看,係要求薄型化或光擷取效率之提升。在此揭示之黏著劑可適宜作為可符合所述要求之黏著劑來利用。更詳細而言,例如在導光薄膜或擴散薄膜之接合時,藉由調整(例如使高折射率化)作為接合層之黏著劑(層)的折射率可有助於薄型化。螢光薄膜之接合可藉由適當調整螢光發光體與黏著劑之折射率差,來提升光擷取效率(亦可視為發光效率)。就調色薄膜之接合而言,藉由適當調整黏著劑之折射率以使與調色用顏料之折射率差變小,可降低散射成分,而有助於提升光透射性。在稜鏡片、柱鏡薄膜、微透鏡陣列薄膜等之接合時,藉由適當調整黏著劑之折射率來控制光的繞射,可有助於提升亮度及/或視角。The adhesive disclosed here can be suitably used for bonding optical films such as light guide films, diffusion films, fluorescent films, toning films, cylindrical films, lenticular films, microlens array films, and the like. In these applications, from the viewpoint of the tendency of miniaturization of optical components or the improvement of performance, there is a demand for thinning or improvement of light capture efficiency. The adhesives disclosed herein can be suitably utilized as adhesives that meet these requirements. More specifically, for example, when joining a light guide film or a diffusion film, adjusting (for example, making the refractive index high) the refractive index of the adhesive (layer) serving as the joining layer can contribute to thinning. The bonding of fluorescent films can improve light capture efficiency (which can also be regarded as luminous efficiency) by appropriately adjusting the refractive index difference between the fluorescent emitter and the adhesive. For the bonding of toning films, by appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive to reduce the refractive index difference with the toning pigment, scattering components can be reduced and help improve light transmittance. When bonding lenses, cylindrical films, microlens array films, etc., controlling the diffraction of light by appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive can help improve brightness and/or viewing angles.

在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片可適宜在貼附於高折射率之被黏著體(可為高折射率之層或構件等)上之態樣下使用,而可抑制與上述被黏著體之界面反射。可在所述態樣下使用之黏著劑或黏著片宜如上述與被黏著體之折射率差小且在與被黏著體之界面的密著性高。又,由提高外觀之均質性之觀點來看,黏著劑(層)之厚度的均一性宜高,例如黏著面之表面平滑性宜高。當高折射率之被黏著體的厚度較小時(例如為5µm以下、4µm以下或2µm以下時),由抑制反射光之干涉造成之著色或顏色不均之觀點來看,抑制在界面之反射一事特別有意義。作為所述使用態樣之一例可舉下述態樣:可在依序具備偏光件、第1相位差層及第2相位差層之附相位差層之偏光板中,用於上述偏光件與上述第1相位差層之接合及/或上述第1相位差層與上述第2相位差層之接合。The adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed here can be suitably used in a state of being attached to an adherend with a high refractive index (which may be a layer or member with a high refractive index, etc.), and can inhibit the interaction with the adherend. Interface reflection. The adhesive agent or adhesive sheet that can be used in the above-mentioned aspect preferably has a small refractive index difference with the adherend and high adhesion at the interface with the adherend as mentioned above. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of appearance, the thickness uniformity of the adhesive (layer) should be high, for example, the surface smoothness of the adhesive surface should be high. When the thickness of the adherend with a high refractive index is small (for example, 5 µm or less, 4 µm or less, or 2 µm or less), from the viewpoint of suppressing coloration or color unevenness caused by interference of reflected light, reflection at the interface is suppressed. One thing is particularly meaningful. An example of the use aspect is the following aspect: it can be used in a polarizing plate with a retardation layer including a polarizer, a first retardation layer, and a second retardation layer in this order. The bonding of the above-mentioned first phase difference layer and/or the bonding of the above-mentioned first phase difference layer and the above-mentioned second phase difference layer.

又,在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片因適於高折射率化,故可適宜在貼附於光半導體等之發光層(例如主要為藉由無機材料構成之高折射的發光層)上之態樣下使用。藉由縮小發光層與黏著劑(層)之折射率差,可抑制在其等界面之反射,提升光擷取效率。可在所述態樣下使用之黏著劑或黏著片宜具備高折射率之黏著劑(層)。又,由提升亮度之觀點來看,黏著劑或黏著片宜為低著色。其由抑制黏著劑或黏著片造成之非刻意之著色之觀點來看亦有利。In addition, since the adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed here is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it can be suitably attached to a light-emitting layer (for example, a high-refractive light-emitting layer mainly composed of inorganic materials) of an optical semiconductor or the like. used in any situation. By reducing the refractive index difference between the luminescent layer and the adhesive (layer), reflection at their interfaces can be suppressed and the light capture efficiency can be improved. The adhesive or adhesive sheet that can be used in the above-mentioned aspect should preferably have an adhesive (layer) with a high refractive index. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving brightness, the adhesive or adhesive sheet is preferably low in coloration. It is also advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing unintentional coloring caused by adhesives or adhesive sheets.

此外,本說明書中,自發光元件意指可藉由流通的電流值來控制發光亮度的發光元件。自發光元件可以單一體構成,亦可以集合體來構成。自發光元件之具體例包含發光二極體(LED)及有機EL,惟不受該等所限。又,在本說明書中,發光裝置意指包含所述自發光元件作為構成要素之裝置。在上述發光裝置之例中,還包含作為照明利用之光源模組裝置(例如面狀發光體模組)或形成有畫素之顯示裝置,惟不受該等所限。In addition, in this specification, a self-luminous element means a light-emitting element that can control the luminous brightness by the value of the flowing current. The self-luminous element can be constructed as a single body or as an assembly. Specific examples of self-luminous elements include light-emitting diodes (LEDs) and organic ELs, but are not limited thereto. In addition, in this specification, a light-emitting device means a device including the self-luminous element as a component. Examples of the above-mentioned light-emitting devices also include light source module devices used as lighting (such as planar light-emitting modules) or display devices formed with pixels, but are not limited thereto.

在此揭示之黏著劑在作為相機或發光裝置等構成構件使用之微透鏡及其他透鏡構件(例如構成微透鏡陣列薄膜之微透鏡或相機用微透鏡等透鏡構件)中,可適宜作為覆蓋透鏡面之塗佈層、和與上述透鏡面相對向之構件(例如具有與透鏡面對應之表面形狀的構件)的接合層、充填於上述透鏡面與上述構件之間的充填層等來使用。在此揭示之黏著劑因適於高折射率化,故即使為高折射率之透鏡(例如藉由高折射率樹脂構成之透鏡、或具有高折射率樹脂製之表面層的透鏡),仍可減低與該透鏡之折射率差。此事由上述透鏡及具備有該透鏡之製品的薄型化之觀點來看是有利的,亦可有助於抑制像差或提升阿貝數。在此揭示之黏著劑亦可在例如充填於適當之透明構件之凹部或空隙之形態下,將其本身作為透鏡樹脂來利用。The adhesive disclosed here can be suitably used as a cover for lens surfaces of microlenses and other lens members used as components of cameras, light-emitting devices, etc. (for example, microlenses constituting a microlens array film or microlenses for cameras, etc.) A coating layer, a bonding layer with a member facing the lens surface (for example, a member having a surface shape corresponding to the lens surface), a filling layer filled between the lens surface and the member, etc. are used. Since the adhesive disclosed here is suitable for high refractive index, even a lens with a high refractive index (for example, a lens made of a high refractive index resin or a lens with a surface layer made of a high refractive index resin) can still be used. Reduce the refractive index difference with the lens. This is advantageous from the viewpoint of thinning the lens and products including the lens, and can also help suppress aberrations or increase the Abbe number. The adhesive disclosed here can also be used as a lens resin by itself, for example, in the form of being filled in the recesses or voids of an appropriate transparent member.

使用在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片來貼合光學構件之態樣無特別限定,例如可為以下態樣:可為(1)透過在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片來貼合光學構件彼此之態樣;或(2)透過在此揭示之黏著劑或黏著片將光學構件貼合至光學構件以外之構件之態樣;亦可為(3)在此揭示之黏著片包含光學構件之形態且將該黏著片貼合至光學構件或光學構件以外之構件之態樣。此外,在上述(3)之態樣中,包含光學構件之形態的黏著片例如可為支持體為光學構件(例如光學薄膜)之黏著片。如所述包含光學構件作為支持體之形態的黏著片亦可視為黏著型光學構件(例如黏著型光學薄膜)。又,在此揭示之黏著片為具有支持體之類型的黏著片且使用上述機能性薄膜作為上述支持體時,在此揭示之黏著片亦可視為在機能性薄膜之至少單面側具有在此揭示之黏著劑層的「黏著型機能性薄膜」。The method of bonding optical components using the adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed herein is not particularly limited. For example, it can be in the following manner: (1) The optical components are bonded to each other through the adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed herein. or (2) the optical component is bonded to a component other than the optical component through the adhesive or adhesive sheet disclosed herein; or (3) the adhesive sheet disclosed herein includes the optical component. The adhesive sheet is bonded to an optical member or a member other than the optical member. Furthermore, in the aspect (3) above, the adhesive sheet having the form of an optical member may be, for example, an adhesive sheet in which the support is an optical member (for example, an optical film). The adhesive sheet in the form of including an optical member as a support can also be regarded as an adhesive optical member (for example, an adhesive optical film). Furthermore, when the adhesive sheet disclosed here is an adhesive sheet having a support and the above-mentioned functional film is used as the above-mentioned support, the adhesive sheet disclosed here can also be regarded as having this on at least one side of the functional film. "Adhesive functional film" with an adhesive layer revealed.

由上述,根據在此揭示之技術,提供一種具備在此揭示之黏著片與貼附有該黏著片之構件的積層體。可貼附黏著片之構件可為具有上述被黏著體材料之折射率者。又,黏著片之折射率與構件之折射率的差(折射率差)可為上述被黏著體與黏著片之折射率差。關於構成積層體之構件,如以上述構件、材料、被黏著體所說明,故不反覆重複說明。From the above, based on the technology disclosed here, there is provided a laminated body including the adhesive sheet disclosed here and a member to which the adhesive sheet is attached. The member to which the adhesive sheet can be attached may have the refractive index of the adherend material mentioned above. In addition, the difference between the refractive index of the adhesive sheet and the refractive index of the member (refractive index difference) may be the refractive index difference between the adherend and the adhesive sheet. The components constituting the laminated body are as described above using the above-mentioned components, materials, and adherends, so the description will not be repeated.

實施例 以下將說明諸個有關本發明之實施例,惟所述具體例所示者非意在限定本發明。此外,以下說明中,表示使用量或含量之「份」及「%」在未特別說明下為重量基準。 Example Various embodiments of the present invention will be described below, but the specific examples shown are not intended to limit the present invention. In addition, in the following description, "parts" and "%" indicating the usage amount or content are based on weight unless otherwise specified.

<例1> (丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製) 於具備攪拌葉片、溫度計、氮氣導入管及冷卻器之四口燒瓶中,饋入作為單體成分之間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯(共榮社化學公司製,商品名「LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A」,折射率:1.566,以下表記為「POB-A」)99份及2-丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸酯(共榮社化學公司製,商品名「HOA-MS(N)」,以下表記為「HOA-MS」)1份、作為聚合引發劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈0.2份及作為聚合溶劑之乙酸乙酯,一邊緩慢地攪拌一邊導入氮氣,並將燒瓶內之液溫保持在60℃附近進行6小時聚合反應,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P1之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P1之Mw為50萬。 <Example 1> (Preparation of acrylic polymer solution) Into a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet pipe and a cooler, the monomer component phenoxybenzyl acrylate (manufactured by Kyeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A" ", refractive index: 1.566, hereinafter referred to as "POB-A") 99 parts and 2-acryloxyethyl succinate (manufactured by Kyeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "HOA-MS(N)", below 1 part (denoted as "HOA-MS"), 0.2 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile as a polymerization initiator, and ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent, introduce nitrogen gas while stirring slowly, and place the contents in the flask The liquid temperature was kept near 60°C and polymerization reaction was carried out for 6 hours to prepare a solution of acrylic polymer P1. The Mw of acrylic polymer P1 is 500,000.

(黏著劑組成物之調製) 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P1之溶液用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並於該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)添加作為塑化劑A1之三甲基五苯基三矽氧烷(信越化學工業公司製,商品名「HIVAC F-5」,分子量:546,折射率:1.575,在20℃下為液體)20份及作為交聯劑之環氧系交聯劑(三菱瓦斯化學公司製,商品名「TETRAD C」,1,3-雙(N,N-二環氧丙基胺基甲基)環己烷)0.3份並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 (Preparation of adhesive composition) The solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P1 was diluted with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and trimethylpentaphenyltrisiloxy as plasticizer A1 was added to 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components). 20 parts of alkane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name "HIVAC F-5", molecular weight: 546, refractive index: 1.575, liquid at 20°C) and an epoxy cross-linking agent (Mitsubishi gas) as a cross-linking agent Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "TETRAD C", 0.3 parts of 1,3-bis(N,N-diepoxypropylaminomethyl)cyclohexane) and stirred to prepare the acrylic adhesive in this example composition.

(黏著片之製作) 將上述調製出之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物塗佈於單面經聚矽氧處理之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜R1(厚度50µm)的聚矽氧處理面上,在130℃下加熱2分鐘,形成厚度20µm之黏著劑層。接著,於上述黏著劑層之表面貼合單面經聚矽氧處理之PET薄膜R2(厚度25µm)的聚矽氧處理面。依上述方式而獲得由上述黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片。該黏著片之兩面受到PET薄膜(剝離襯墊)R1、R2保護。 (Production of adhesive sheets) The acrylic adhesive composition prepared above was coated on the polysiloxane-treated surface of a single-sided polysiloxane-treated polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film R1 (thickness: 50 μm) at 130°C. Heat for 2 minutes to form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 20µm. Then, the polysilicone-treated side of the PET film R2 (thickness 25 μm), which is polysilicone-treated on one side, is bonded to the surface of the above-mentioned adhesive layer. A substrate-free double-sided adhesive sheet composed of the adhesive layer is obtained in the above manner. Both sides of the adhesive sheet are protected by PET films (release liners) R1 and R2.

<例2> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 95份、丙烯酸月桂酯(LA)2份、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)2份及丙烯酸4-羥丁酯(4HBA)1份外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P2之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P2之Mw為50萬。將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P2之溶液用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並於該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)添加上述塑化劑A1(HIVAC F-5)20份、作為交聯劑之非環式2官能之異氰酸酯系交聯劑(東曹(Tosoh)公司製,商品名「Coronate 2770」,六亞甲基二異氰酸酯(HDI)脲甲酸酯體)0.3份、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 2> In addition to changing the composition of the monomer components to 95 parts of POB-A, 2 parts of lauryl acrylate (LA), 2 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) and 1 part of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA), A solution of acrylic polymer P2 was prepared in the same manner as the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1. The Mw of acrylic polymer P2 is 500,000. The solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P2 was diluted with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and 20 parts of the above-mentioned plasticizer A1 (HIVAC F-5) was added to 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components), as The cross-linking agent is 0.3 parts of a non-cyclic bifunctional isocyanate cross-linking agent (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd., trade name "Coronate 2770", hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI) allophanate body), as Mix 2 parts of acetyl acetone as a cross-linking retarder and 1 part of a 1% ethyl acetate solution of iron (III) acetyl acetonate as a cross-linking catalyst (0.01 part of non-volatile components) to prepare the acrylic acid in this example. It is an adhesive composition. Except using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<例3> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 90份、2EHA 9份及4HBA 1份外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P3之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P3之Mw為50萬。將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P3之溶液用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並於該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)添加上述塑化劑A1(HIVAC F-5)40份、上述異氰酸酯系交聯劑0.5份、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 3> A solution of acrylic polymer P3 was prepared in the same manner as the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 90 parts of POB-A, 9 parts of 2EHA and 1 part of 4HBA. The Mw of acrylic polymer P3 is 500,000. The solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P3 was diluted with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and 40 parts of the above-mentioned plasticizer A1 (HIVAC F-5) and the above-mentioned plasticizer were added to 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components) 0.5 parts of isocyanate cross-linking agent, 2 parts of acetyl acetone as a cross-linking retarder, 1 part of a 1% ethyl acetate solution of iron (III) acetyl acetonate as a cross-linking catalyst (0.01 part of non-volatile components) and Stir and mix to prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example. Except using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<例4> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 95份、4HBA 3份及HOA-MS 2份外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P4之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P4之Mw為50萬。將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P4之溶液用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並對該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)添加作為塑化劑A2之聚乙二醇苯甲酸酯(三洋化成工業公司製,商品名「Sumflex EB-300」,分子量:538,折射率:1.515,在20℃下為液體,以下表記為「EB-300」)60份、上述異氰酸酯系交聯劑0.3份、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出各例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 4> Except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 95 parts of POB-A, 3 parts of 4HBA and 2 parts of HOA-MS, an acrylic polymer P4 was prepared in the same manner as the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1. solution. The Mw of acrylic polymer P4 is 500,000. The solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P4 was diluted with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components) were added with polyethylene glycol benzoate (polyethylene glycol benzoate) as the plasticizer A2. Manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name "Sumflex EB-300", molecular weight: 538, refractive index: 1.515, liquid at 20°C, hereinafter referred to as "EB-300") 60 parts, the above-mentioned isocyanate cross-linking agent 0.3 2 parts of acetyl acetone as a cross-linking retardant, 1 part of a 1% ethyl acetate solution of iron acetyl acetonate (III) as a cross-linking catalyst (0.01 part of non-volatile components) and stir and mix to prepare this product. An example is an acrylic adhesive composition. Except using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of each example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<例5> 使用上述塑化劑A2(EB-300)60份來取代上述塑化劑A1(HIVAC F-5)20份,並將上述環氧系交聯劑之使用量變更成0.5份。其餘以與例1相同方式,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,並使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,除此之外以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 5> Use 60 parts of the above-mentioned plasticizer A2 (EB-300) instead of 20 parts of the above-mentioned plasticizer A1 (HIVAC F-5), and change the usage amount of the above-mentioned epoxy cross-linking agent to 0.5 parts. The acrylic adhesive composition of this example was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, and the obtained acrylic adhesive composition was used. In addition, the adhesive sheet in Example 1 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The adhesive sheet in this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer).

<例6> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 98份、4HBA 1份及HOA-MS 1份外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P5之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P5之Mw為50萬。將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P5之溶液用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並對該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)添加上述塑化劑A2(EB-300)30份、上述異氰酸酯系交聯劑0.1份、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 6> Except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 98 parts of POB-A, 1 part of 4HBA, and 1 part of HOA-MS, an acrylic polymer P5 was prepared in the same manner as the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1. solution. The Mw of acrylic polymer P5 is 500,000. Dilute the solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P5 with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and add 30 parts of the above-mentioned plasticizer A2 (EB-300) and the above-mentioned isocyanate to 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components) It is composed of 0.1 part of cross-linking agent, 2 parts of acetyl acetone as a cross-linking retardant, and 1 part of a 1% ethyl acetate solution of iron (III) acetyl acetonate as a cross-linking catalyst (0.01 part of non-volatile components) and stirred Mix to prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example. Except using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<例7~8> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 85份、丙烯酸正丁酯(BA)14份及丙烯酸(AA)1份外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P6之溶液。又,除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 80份、BA 19份及AA 1份外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P7之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P6及P7之Mw分別為50萬。 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P6或P7之溶液用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並對該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)添加作為塑化劑A3之3-苯氧基苯甲醇(東京化成工業公司製,分子量:200,折射率:1.591,在20℃下為液體)60份及上述環氧系交聯劑0.1份(例7)或0.5份(例8)並攪拌混合,調製出各例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,分別製作出各例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Examples 7~8> Prepare the acrylic polymer solution in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the composition of the monomer components is changed to 85 parts of POB-A, 14 parts of n-butyl acrylate (BA), and 1 part of acrylic acid (AA). A solution of acrylic polymer P6 was obtained. Furthermore, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 80 parts of POB-A, 19 parts of BA, and 1 part of AA, an acrylic polymer P7 was prepared in the same manner as the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1. solution. The Mw of acrylic polymers P6 and P7 are 500,000 each. The solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P6 or P7 was diluted with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and 334 parts (100 parts of non-volatile components) of the solution were added with 3-phenoxybenzyl alcohol as plasticizer A3. (Manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight: 200, refractive index: 1.591, liquid at 20°C) 60 parts and 0.1 part (Example 7) or 0.5 part (Example 8) of the above-mentioned epoxy cross-linking agent are stirred and mixed. The acrylic adhesive compositions of each example were prepared. In addition to using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheets of each example (double-sided adhesive sheets without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) were produced in the same manner as the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<評估方法> (塑化劑轉移成氣相之轉移量) 將各例中使用之塑化劑(測定試樣)約1g滴下至鋁製杯內,在23℃、45%RH環境下以電子天平秤量至0.01mg單位為止(W0g)。接著,將放入有上述測定試樣之杯子在130℃之烘箱內保持1小時。烘箱係使用對測定試樣具有充分容量且可一邊排氣一邊加熱者。本評估中係使用espec公司製之烘箱。在上述130℃下保持1小時後,從烘箱取出放入有上述測定試樣之杯子,恢復至室溫後秤量(W1g)。將以烘箱加熱前之測定試樣的重量W0[g]與以烘箱加熱後之測定試樣之重量W1[g]代入式:1-W1/W0,求出測定試樣在130℃下轉移成氣相之轉移量[%]。測定係對3試樣進行(n=3),並採用平均值。 <Evaluation method> (Transfer amount of plasticizer into gas phase) About 1 g of the plasticizer (measurement sample) used in each example was dropped into an aluminum cup, and weighed to 0.01 mg unit (W0g) using an electronic balance in an environment of 23°C and 45% RH. Next, the cup containing the above-mentioned measurement sample was kept in an oven at 130°C for 1 hour. Use an oven that has sufficient capacity for the measurement sample and can be heated while exhausting the gas. In this evaluation, an oven manufactured by espec was used. After maintaining the temperature at 130°C for 1 hour, take out the cup containing the measurement sample from the oven, return to room temperature, and then weigh (W1g). Substituting the weight W0 [g] of the measurement sample before oven heating and the weight W1 [g] of the measurement sample after oven heating into the formula: 1-W1/W0, the transfer value of the measurement sample at 130°C is obtained. Amount of gas phase transfer [%]. The measurement was performed on 3 samples (n=3), and the average value was used.

(黏著劑中之塑化劑之加熱減量) 將各例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物塗佈於單面經聚矽氧處理之PET薄膜R1的聚矽氧處理面,在130℃下加熱3分鐘,形成厚度20µm之黏著劑層。接著,於上述黏著劑層之表面貼合單面經聚矽氧處理之PET薄膜R2的聚矽氧處理面。從所得附剝離襯墊之黏著劑層(剝離襯墊/黏著劑層/剝離襯墊)剝開其中一剝離襯墊,在130℃之烘箱內保持1小時。烘箱係使用對測定試樣具有充分容量且可一邊排氣一邊加熱者。本評估中係使用espec公司製之烘箱。針對在烘箱中加熱前後之黏著劑,在以下條件下實施液態層析(LC)測定。從上述LC之結果求出加熱前後之黏著劑中所含之塑化劑之量,從其重量比求出在130℃之環境下保持1小時後之黏著劑中之塑化劑之減量[%]。測定係對3試樣進行(n=3),並採用平均值。此外,本測定中,在對上述黏著劑進行LC測定前,對塑化劑單體進行LC測定,作成檢量曲線後根據該檢量曲線定量黏著劑中之塑化劑。 [LC測定條件] 採取黏著劑約0.01g並加入氯仿2mL,振動一晩。於該溶液中加入乙腈8mL,使聚合物成分再沉澱,將該上清液以0.45µm膜濾器過濾。適當稀釋所得濾液,注入分析裝置(島津製作所公司製,HPLC Prominence)來實施測定。 管柱:GL Sciences, Inertsil ODS-3(4.6mmφ×250mm,5µm) 管柱溫度:40℃ 管柱流量:1.0mL/分鐘 溶析液:超純水/乙腈的梯度條件 注入量:1µL 檢測器:DAD(挑選190nm~400nm、272nm) (Heating loss of plasticizer in adhesive) The acrylic adhesive compositions of each example were applied to the silicone-treated surface of the single-sided silicone-treated PET film R1, and heated at 130°C for 3 minutes to form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 20 µm. Then, the polysilicone-treated surface of the PET film R2, which is polysilicone-treated on one side, is bonded to the surface of the above-mentioned adhesive layer. Peel off one of the release liners from the adhesive layer (release liner/adhesive layer/release liner) with the release liner, and keep it in an oven at 130°C for 1 hour. Use an oven that has sufficient capacity for the measurement sample and can be heated while exhausting the gas. In this evaluation, an oven manufactured by espec was used. For the adhesive before and after heating in the oven, liquid chromatography (LC) was measured under the following conditions. From the above LC results, calculate the amount of plasticizer contained in the adhesive before and after heating, and from the weight ratio, calculate the decrease [%] of the plasticizer in the adhesive after being kept in an environment of 130°C for 1 hour. ]. The measurement was performed on 3 samples (n=3), and the average value was used. In addition, in this measurement, before the above-mentioned adhesive is subjected to LC measurement, the plasticizer monomer is subjected to LC measurement, a calibration curve is prepared, and the plasticizer in the adhesive is quantified based on the calibration curve. [LC measurement conditions] Take about 0.01g of adhesive, add 2mL of chloroform, and shake overnight. 8 mL of acetonitrile was added to the solution to reprecipitate the polymer component, and the supernatant was filtered with a 0.45 μm membrane filter. The obtained filtrate was appropriately diluted and injected into an analysis device (HPLC Prominence manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) to perform measurement. Column: GL Sciences, Inertsil ODS-3 (4.6mmφ×250mm, 5µm) Tube string temperature: 40℃ Column flow: 1.0mL/min Eluent: ultrapure water/acetonitrile gradient conditions Injection volume: 1µL Detector: DAD (select 190nm~400nm, 272nm)

(折射率) 針對各例之黏著劑層(無基材之雙面黏著片),使用阿貝折射率計(ATAGO CO., LTD.製,型式「DR-M4」)在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下測定折射率。 (refractive index) For the adhesive layer (double-sided adhesive sheet without base material) of each example, an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO CO., LTD., model "DR-M4") was used at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C. Measure the refractive index under the conditions.

(儲存彈性模數G'及玻璃轉移溫度) 積層各例之黏著劑層製成厚度約1.5mm者並沖裁成直徑7.9mm之圓盤狀,將其作為測定用試樣。使用Rheometric Scientific公司製「Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)」,藉由以下條件進行動態黏彈性測定。從測定結果求出黏著劑在各溫度(-20℃、0℃及25℃)下之儲存彈性模數G'[Pa]。且,將上述動態黏彈性測定中相當於損耗正切tanδ(損耗彈性模數G"/儲存彈性模數G')之峰頂溫度的溫度作為黏著劑之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)[℃]。 [測定條件] 變形模式:扭轉 測定頻率:1Hz 溫度範圍:-50℃~150℃ 升溫速度:5℃/分鐘 形狀:平行板 7.9mmφ (Storage elastic modulus G' and glass transition temperature) The adhesive layer of each example was laminated to a thickness of approximately 1.5 mm, and punched into a disc shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm, which was used as a measurement sample. Dynamic viscoelasticity was measured under the following conditions using "Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)" manufactured by Rheometric Scientific. From the measurement results, the storage elastic modulus G' [Pa] of the adhesive at each temperature (-20°C, 0°C and 25°C) is calculated. Furthermore, the temperature corresponding to the peak temperature of the loss tangent tan δ (loss elastic modulus G"/storage elastic modulus G') in the above dynamic viscoelasticity measurement is defined as the glass transition temperature (Tg) [°C] of the adhesive. [Measurement conditions] Transformation mode: twist Measuring frequency: 1Hz Temperature range: -50℃~150℃ Heating rate: 5℃/min Shape: parallel plate 7.9mmφ

(在130℃下保持1小時後之彈性模數變化) 將各例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物塗佈於單面經聚矽氧處理之PET薄膜R1的聚矽氧處理面,在130℃下加熱3分鐘,形成厚度20µm之黏著劑層。接著,於上述黏著劑層之表面貼合單面經聚矽氧處理之PET薄膜R2的聚矽氧處理面。從所得附剝離襯墊之黏著劑層(剝離襯墊/黏著劑層/剝離襯墊)剝開其中一剝離襯墊,在130℃之烘箱內保持1小時。烘箱係使用對測定試樣具有充分容量且可一邊排氣一邊加熱者。本評估中係使用espec公司製之烘箱。積層上述在130℃下保持1小時後之黏著劑(層)並製成厚度約1.5mm後,進行高壓釜處理(0.5MPa、50℃、15分鐘),使各層密著。針對依上述方式所得之測定用試樣,藉由與上述儲存彈性模數G'之測定相同方法求出在130℃之環境下保持1小時後在-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(G'1)[Pa]。然後,求出上述所得儲存彈性模數G'1[Pa]與事先測定之在130℃之環境下保持1小時前在-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'0[Pa]的比(G'1/G'0)。 (Change in elastic modulus after holding at 130°C for 1 hour) The acrylic adhesive compositions of each example were applied to the silicone-treated surface of the single-sided silicone-treated PET film R1, and heated at 130°C for 3 minutes to form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 20 µm. Then, the polysilicone-treated surface of the PET film R2, which is polysilicone-treated on one side, is bonded to the surface of the above-mentioned adhesive layer. Peel off one of the release liners from the adhesive layer (release liner/adhesive layer/release liner) with the release liner, and keep it in an oven at 130°C for 1 hour. Use an oven that has sufficient capacity for the measurement sample and can be heated while exhausting the gas. In this evaluation, an oven manufactured by espec was used. The above-mentioned adhesive (layer) kept at 130°C for 1 hour was laminated to a thickness of about 1.5mm, and then autoclaved (0.5MPa, 50°C, 15 minutes) to make each layer adhere closely. For the measurement sample obtained in the above manner, the storage elastic modulus G' at -20°C after being kept in an environment of 130°C for 1 hour was determined by the same method as the above-mentioned storage elastic modulus G' ( G'1)[Pa]. Then, find the ratio of the storage elastic modulus G'1 [Pa] obtained above to the storage elastic modulus G'0 [Pa] measured in advance at -20°C before being kept in an environment of 130°C for 1 hour (G '1/G'0).

(全光線透射率及霧度) 使用已將各例之黏著劑層貼合於無鹼玻璃(厚度0.8~1.0mm,全光線透射率92%,霧度0.4%)上之試驗片,用霧度計(村上色彩技術研究所製「 HM-150」),在23℃之測定環境下測定上述試驗片之全光線透射率及霧度。將從測定值減去上述無鹼玻璃之全光線透射率及霧度後之值作為黏著劑(層)之全光線透射率[%]及霧度[%]。關於由上述黏著劑層構成之無基材之黏著片,黏著劑層之全光線透射率[%]及霧度[%]會成為黏著片之全光線透射率[%]及霧度[%]。 (Total light transmittance and haze) A test piece in which the adhesive layer of each example was bonded to alkali-free glass (thickness 0.8~1.0mm, total light transmittance 92%, haze 0.4%) was used, and a haze meter (manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute) was used. "HM-150"), measure the total light transmittance and haze of the above test piece under a measurement environment of 23°C. The total light transmittance and haze of the above-mentioned alkali-free glass are subtracted from the measured value as the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the adhesive (layer). Regarding the base-less adhesive sheet composed of the above-mentioned adhesive layer, the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the adhesive layer will become the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the adhesive sheet. .

(對玻璃板剝離強度) 在23℃、50%RH之測定環境下,從黏著片之一面剝離剝離襯墊,並貼合厚度50µm之PET薄膜進行襯底後,裁切成寬度25mm、長度100mm之尺寸做成試驗片。從試驗片剝離另一面之剝離襯墊,使2kg之滾筒於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板(松浪硝子工業公司製,厚度1.35mm,青玻璃磨砂品)的表面來回1次進行壓接。將其放置於相同環境下30分鐘後,使用萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機,依循JIS Z 0237:2000,在拉伸速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件下測定剝離強度(接著力)[N/25mm]。萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機係使用美蓓亞公司製之「拉伸壓縮試驗機,TG-1kN」。此外,為附基材之單面黏著片時,並非得進行PET薄膜之襯底。 (Peel strength to glass plate) In a measurement environment of 23°C and 50% RH, peel off the release liner from one side of the adhesive sheet, laminate a PET film with a thickness of 50µm as a backing, and cut it into a size of 25mm in width and 100mm in length to make a test piece. The release liner on the other side was peeled off from the test piece, and a 2kg roller was pressed back and forth once on the surface of an alkali glass plate (manufactured by Shonami Glass Industry Co., Ltd., thickness 1.35mm, frosted blue glass) as the adherend. After leaving it in the same environment for 30 minutes, use a universal tensile and compression testing machine to measure the peel strength (adhesion force) [N /25mm]. The universal tensile and compression testing machine uses the "Tensile Compression Testing Machine, TG-1kN" manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd. In addition, when it is a single-sided adhesive sheet with a base material, it is not possible to use a PET film as a backing.

將各例之黏著劑的概要及評估結果顯示於表1。The summary and evaluation results of the adhesives of each example are shown in Table 1.

[表1] [Table 1]

如表1所示,例1~6係使用下述黏著劑組成物,該黏著劑組成物包含:丙烯酸系聚合物,係使用含芳香環單體(A1)聚合而成;及塑化劑,其具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在130℃下轉移成氣相之轉移量為10%以下;例1~6具有高折射率,且藉由包含塑化劑,從而彈性模數降低,並且在130℃下保持1小時後之彈性模數變化(G'1/G'0)在50以下之範圍內。亦即,該等例之黏著劑具有高折射率且已改善柔軟性,並且對溫度變化仍能發揮穩定之特性。另一方面,例7~8係使用在130℃下轉移成氣相之轉移量大於10%之材料作為塑化劑,而可確認到:例7~8在130℃下保持1小時後之彈性模數變化(G'1/G'0)大於50,並且例7~8對於溫度變化,其等的特性會有發生變化之傾向。 由上述結果可知,根據包含使用含芳香環單體(A1)聚合而成之丙烯酸系聚合物與具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在130℃下往氣相之轉移量為10%以下之塑化劑的黏著劑組成物,可形成具有高折射率且可提升柔軟性、並且已改善特性之穩定性之黏著劑。 As shown in Table 1, Examples 1 to 6 use the following adhesive composition. The adhesive composition includes: an acrylic polymer polymerized using an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1); and a plasticizer, It has more than 2 rings containing double bonds and the transfer amount into the gas phase at 130°C is less than 10%; Examples 1 to 6 have high refractive index, and by including a plasticizer, the elastic modulus is reduced, And the elastic modulus change (G'1/G'0) after holding at 130°C for 1 hour is within the range of 50 or less. That is, the adhesives in these examples have high refractive index and improved flexibility, and can still exhibit stable characteristics against temperature changes. On the other hand, Examples 7 to 8 use materials with a transfer amount of more than 10% into the gas phase at 130°C as plasticizers. It can be confirmed that the elasticity of Examples 7 to 8 after being maintained at 130°C for 1 hour The modulus change (G'1/G'0) is greater than 50, and the characteristics of Examples 7 to 8 tend to change due to temperature changes. It can be seen from the above results that an acrylic polymer polymerized using an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) and an acrylic polymer having two or more double bond-containing rings and the transfer amount to the gas phase at 130°C is 10% or less. The adhesive composition of the plasticizer can form an adhesive with a high refractive index, increased flexibility, and improved stability of properties.

以上已詳細說明本發明之具體例,惟該等僅為例示,非限定申請專利範圍者。申請專利範圍中記載之技術包含以上所例示之具體例經各種變形、變更者。Specific examples of the present invention have been described in detail above, but these are only examples and do not limit the scope of the patent application. The technology described in the scope of the patent application includes the specific examples illustrated above with various modifications and changes.

1,2,3:黏著片 10:支持基材 10A:第1面 10B:第2面 21:黏著劑層、第1黏著劑層 21A:黏著面、第1黏著面 21B:黏著面 22:第2黏著劑層 22A:第2黏著面 31,32:剝離襯墊 1,2,3: Adhesive sheet 10: Support base material 10A:Side 1 10B:Side 2 21: Adhesive layer, first adhesive layer 21A: Adhesive surface, first adhesive surface 21B:Adhesive surface 22: 2nd adhesive layer 22A: 2nd adhesive surface 31,32: Release liner

圖1係示意顯示一實施形態之黏著片之構成的剖面圖。 圖2係示意顯示另一實施形態之黏著片之構成的剖面圖。 圖3係示意顯示另一實施形態之黏著片之構成的剖面圖。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment. FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment.

(無)(without)

Claims (8)

一種黏著劑組成物,包含丙烯酸系聚合物與塑化劑; 構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分含有含芳香環單體(A1); 前述塑化劑具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在130℃下轉移成氣相之轉移量為10%以下。 An adhesive composition including an acrylic polymer and a plasticizer; The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1); The aforementioned plasticizer has more than two rings containing double bonds and the amount of transfer into the gas phase at 130°C is less than 10%. 如請求項1之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑之分子量為350以上。Such as the adhesive composition of claim 1, wherein the molecular weight of the aforementioned plasticizer is 350 or more. 如請求項1或2之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑係相對於前述丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份包含有大於10重量份。The adhesive composition of claim 1 or 2, wherein the plasticizer contains more than 10 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. 一種黏著劑,係由如請求項1至3中任一項之黏著劑組成物形成。An adhesive formed from the adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3. 一種黏著劑,包含丙烯酸系聚合物與塑化劑; 構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分含有含芳香環單體(A1); 前述塑化劑具有2個以上含雙鍵之環;且 將前述黏著劑在130℃之環境下保持1小時後,該黏著劑中之前述塑化劑之減量為5%以下。 An adhesive including an acrylic polymer and a plasticizer; The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1); The aforementioned plasticizer has more than 2 rings containing double bonds; and After the aforementioned adhesive is maintained in an environment of 130°C for 1 hour, the amount of the aforementioned plasticizer in the adhesive is reduced to less than 5%. 如請求項4或5之黏著劑,將前述黏著劑在130℃之環境下保持1小時後在-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'1、與在前述130℃之環境下保持1小時前在-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'0的比(G'1/G'0)為50以下。For example, for the adhesive in claim 4 or 5, the storage elastic modulus G'1 of the adhesive at -20°C after being kept at 130°C for 1 hour is the same as the storage elastic modulus G'1 before being kept at 130°C for 1 hour. The storage elastic modulus G'0 ratio (G'1/G'0) at -20°C is 50 or less. 如請求項4至6中任一項之黏著劑,其對玻璃板之剝離強度為1.0N/25mm以上。For example, the adhesive according to any one of the requirements 4 to 6 has a peeling strength of 1.0N/25mm or more to the glass plate. 如請求項4至7中任一項之黏著劑,其全光線透射率為85%以上。For example, the adhesive according to any one of requirements 4 to 7 has a total light transmittance of more than 85%.
TW112111757A 2022-03-31 2023-03-28 Adhesive composition and adhesive to provide an adhesive composition that can form an adhesive with high refractive index, improved flexibility, and stability of improved properties TW202346506A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-061162 2022-03-31
JP2022061162A JP2023151517A (en) 2022-03-31 2022-03-31 Adhesive composition and adhesive

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202346506A true TW202346506A (en) 2023-12-01

Family

ID=88292532

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112111757A TW202346506A (en) 2022-03-31 2023-03-28 Adhesive composition and adhesive to provide an adhesive composition that can form an adhesive with high refractive index, improved flexibility, and stability of improved properties

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2023151517A (en)
KR (1) KR20230141557A (en)
CN (1) CN116891703A (en)
TW (1) TW202346506A (en)

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6216519B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2017-10-18 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP6307189B2 (en) 2017-03-02 2018-04-04 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive and adhesive sheet

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20230141557A (en) 2023-10-10
JP2023151517A (en) 2023-10-16
CN116891703A (en) 2023-10-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW202146485A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
TW202144526A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2024010041A1 (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
TW202409228A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2023042686A1 (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
WO2023013399A1 (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
TW202146229A (en) Light-emitting device
KR20220156055A (en) Interlayer sheet, interlayer sheet with release liner, and optical laminate
TW202346506A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive to provide an adhesive composition that can form an adhesive with high refractive index, improved flexibility, and stability of improved properties
TW202409232A (en) Adhesive
TW202346521A (en) Light emitting device including a self-luminous element, a low refractive index layer, and a high refractive index adhesive layer
TW202402528A (en) Adhesive optical film and laminated sheet
TW202348766A (en) Polysiloxane plasticizer and its utilization wherein, the polysiloxane plasticizer is composed of a siloxane compound that contains more than 2 and less than 5 Si atoms, with at least one Si atom bonded to two or more rings containing double bonds
TW202346509A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet to provide an adhesive that has improved softness and can stably maintain its improved softness
WO2023013400A1 (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
TW202338410A (en) Refractive index adjustment agent and use thereof
CN117795029A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
JP2023022805A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
JP2023022806A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
CN117751176A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet